Pokémon TCG: Sword and Shield—Brilliant Stars

Pokémon XD: Cipher/Snagem Resurrection: Version 2 [Completed]

Michael's Eevee
40 HP {C}
Basic Pokémon

Poké-POWER Longtime Friend
If Michael's Eevee isn't affected by a Special Condition, ignore any effect other than Shadow counters that would prevent you from evolving Michael's Eevee (even if you played Michael's Eevee during this turn).
{C}{C} Energy Tackle This attack does 10 damage times the number of Energy attached to Michael's Eevee. 10x

Weakness: {F}
Resistance: none
Retreat Cost: {C}

Michael's Vaporeon
80 HP {W}
Stage 1 Pokémon (Evolves from Michael's Eevee)

Poké-BODY Friendly Combo
If both Michael's Vaporeon and a Pokémon with an owner in its name that doesn't have Magma, Aqua, Flora, Plasma, Rocket, Cipher, Snagem, Miror B., Chobin, or Giovanni in its name are your Active Pokémon, any damage done by either Pokémon's attacks are increased by 20 (before Weakness and Resistance).
{W}{W}{W} Emotioned Shot If Michael's Vaporeon has any Shadow counters on it, remove 1 of them. 40

Weakness: {L}
Resistance: none
Retreat Cost: {C}{C}

Michael's Jolteon
70 HP {W}
Stage 1 Pokémon (Evolves from Michael's Eevee)

Poké-BODY Friendly Combo
If both Michael's Jolteon and a Pokémon with an owner in its name that doesn't have Magma, Aqua, Flora, Plasma, Rocket, Cipher, Snagem, Miror B., or Chobin in its name are your Active Pokémon, any damage done by either Pokémon's attacks are increased by 20 (before Weakness and Resistance).
{L}{L}{L} Revenge Bolt If the Defending Pokémon has Magma, Aqua, Flora, Plasma, Rocket, Cipher, Snagem, Miror B., Chobin, or Giovanni in its name, this attack does 40 damage plus 30 more damage. 40+

Weakness: {F}
Resistance: {M}
Retreat Cost: {C}

Michael's Flareon
80 HP {R}
Stage 1 Pokémon (Evolves from Michael's Eevee)

Poké-BODY Friendly Combo
If both Michael's Flareon and a Pokémon with an owner in its name that doesn't have Magma, Aqua, Flora, Plasma, Rocket, Cipher, Snagem, Miror B., or Chobin in its name are your Active Pokémon, any damage done by either Pokémon's attacks are increased by 20 (before Weakness and Resistance).
{R}{R}{R} Shadowed Burn If the Defending Pokémon has any Shadow counters on it, remove 1 of them and that Pokémon is now Burned. 40

Weakness: {W}
Resistance: none
Retreat Cost: {C}{C}

Michael's Espeon
80 HP {P}
Stage 1 Pokémon (Evolves from Michael's Eevee)

Poké-BODY Friendly Combo
If both Michael's Espeon and a Pokémon with an owner in its name that doesn't have Magma, Aqua, Flora, Plasma, Rocket, Cipher, Snagem, Miror B., or Chobin in its name are your Active Pokémon, any damage done by either Pokémon's attacks are increased by 20 (before Weakness and Resistance).
{P}{P}{P} Heart Confuse If the Defending Pokémon has any Shadow counters on it, remove 1 of them and that Pokémon is now Confused. 40

Weakness: {D}
Resistance: none
Retreat Cost: {C}{C}

Michael's Umbreon
80 HP {D}
Stage 1 Pokémon (Evolves from Michael's Eevee)

Poké-BODY Friendly Combo
If both Michael's Umbreon and a Pokémon with an owner in its name that doesn't have Magma, Aqua, Flora, Plasma, Rocket, Cipher, Snagem, Miror B., or Chobin in its name are your Active Pokémon, any damage done by either Pokémon's attacks are increased by 20 (before Weakness and Resistance).
{D}{D}{D} Shadow Escape Remove all Shadow counters from Michael's Umbreon. 20

Weakness: {F}
Resistance: {P}
Retreat Cost: {C}{C}

Agnol's Munchlax
40 HP {C}
Baby Pokémon (Evolves into Agnol's Snorlax)

If your Active Pokémon is a Baby Pokémon and your opponent announces an attack, your opponent flips a coin (before doing anything else). If tails, your opponent’s turn ends.
{C}{C} Deep Growl The Defending Pokémon is now Confused. 20

Weakness: none
Resistance: none
Retreat Cost: {C}{C}
This boxtopper goes with Agnol's Snorlax from Pokémon Colosseum Set.

Cipher's Bonsly
40 HP {F}
Baby Pokémon (Evolves into Cipher's Sudowoodo)

If your Active Pokémon is a Baby Pokémon and your opponent announces an attack, your opponent flips a coin (before doing anything else). If tails, your opponent’s turn ends.
{D}{C} Shadow Rocks If there are any {D} Energy cards attached to Cipher's Bonsly, you may treat Cipher's Bonsly as a {D} Pokémon during this turn until applying Weakness. 10

Weakness: none
Resistance: none
Retreat Cost: {C}
This boxtopper goes with Cipher's Sudowoodo from Cipher/Snagem Threat.
 
All right now! Here are the two original boxtoppers! These two help to establish equality between mine and Carrington's sets! They're 1-a-deck Supporters that in a way unite everyone in each organization!

Cipher Alliance
Trainer card
Supporter
You can’t have more than 1 Cipher Alliance in your deck
You can play only one Supporter card each turn. When you play this card, put it next to your Active Pokémon. When your turn ends, discard this card.
For the rest of the game, treat all Pokémon in play with Miror B., Dakim, Venus, Ein, Nascour, Evice, Lovrina, Snattle, Gorigan, Ardos, Eldes, or Greevil in its name as if those Pokémon also have Cipher in its name.

Snagem Alliance
Trainer card
Supporter
You can’t have more than 1 Snagem Alliance in your deck
You can play only one Supporter card each turn. When you play this card, put it next to your Active Pokémon. When your turn ends, discard this card.
For the rest of the game, treat all Pokémon in play with Gonzap, Agnol, or Fein in its name as if those Pokémon also have Snagem in its name.

Next posts contain the DS-transmitted datd for this set, done by both Carrington388 and myself.
 
Last edited:
(This piece of data has some new elements.)

This first piece of data for this set involves all the Pokémon cards that aren't any of the following: Pokémon-ex, Shining Pokémon, Crystal Pokémon, Pokémon-*, legendary Pokémon, a Munchlax, a Bonsly, or a secret card. Transmit the password to the Tajiri server with Emerald in the GBA slot. Head for any TV (except the one on the lower floors of either your house or the Cove Lily hotel in Lilycove) to watch a program. Here's the program:

Program:
<normal Pokémon News intro>
"We have recieved wonderful news from the Safari Zone. <owner> is hosting the <owner> Cup in the SAFARI ZONE expansion. You have a chance to catch a <Pokémon> and face <owner> for a cash prize!"
<normal Pokémon News closing>
<owner>--The owner on the card. The first occurence will be proceeded by the word "team" if the ownername is Cipher or Snagem. The variable will be Duking if the Pokémon doesn't have an ownername.
<Pokémon>--The Pokémon species you transmitted.

Head for the Safari Zone. You'll still have to pay 500 in money to get in, but you'll be given 60 Safari Balls, and they'll ask to hold your Pokémon during the event. Once in the Safari Zone, you'll be whisked right to the expansion, where you can catch the normal Pokémon there plus the one you transmitted. You have unlimited steps during this event. Once you catch 3 Pokémon, the host of the cup or a representative will approach you and want a battle. Each person will use one of two teams of freshly-caught Safari Zone Pokémon at a catchable level, depending on whether you caught the Cup Pokémon or not. Here's the two sets of teams:

SET 1--YOU CAUGHT THE CUP POKÉMON
Cipher Peon Eva(F): Mareep, Teddiursa, Marill
Team Snagem Sal(M): Shuckle, Shuckle, Remoraid
Wanderer Miror B.(M): Shuckle, Ledyba, Spinarak
Researcher Chobin(M): Goldeen, Qwilfish, Remoraid
[PK][MN] Trainer Duking(M): Shuckle, Shuckle, Shuckle
Cipher Admin Lovrina(F): Goldeen, Shuckle, Ledyba
Cipher Admin Snattle(M): Houndour, Spinarak, Aipom
Cipher Admin Gorigan(M): Snubbull, Snubbull, Snubbull
Cipher Admin Ardos(M): Ledyba, Houndour, Shuckle
Cipher Admin Eldes(M): Qwilfish, Remoraid, Spinarak
Cipher Boss Greevil(M): Snubbull, Remoraid, Shuckle
Snagem Head Gonzap(M): Wooper, Aipom, Wooper

SET 2--YOU DIDN'T CATCH THE CUP POKÉMON
Cipher Peon Eva(F): <Cup Pokémon>, Teddiursa, Marill
Team Snagem Sal(M): <Cup Pokémon>, Shuckle, Remoraid
Wanderer Miror B.(M): <Cup Pokémon>, Ledyba, Spinarak
Researcher Chobin(M): <Cup Pokémon>, Qwilfish, Remoraid
[PK][MN] Trainer Duking(M): <Cup Pokémon>, Shuckle, Shuckle
Cipher Admin Lovrina(F): Goldeen, <Cup Pokémon>, Ledyba
Cipher Admin Snattle(M): Houndour, <Cup Pokémon>, Aipom
Cipher Admin Gorigan(M): <Cup Pokémon>, Snubbull, Snubbull
Cipher Admin Ardos(M): <Cup Pokémon>, Houndour, Shuckle
Cipher Admin Eldes(M): Qwilfish, Remoraid, <Cup Pokémon>
Cipher Boss Greevil(M): Snubbull, <Cup Pokémon>, Shuckle
Snagem Head Gonzap(M): Wooper, <Cup Pokémon>, Wooper

If you win the battle, you'll recieve a 5000 cash stake. Either way, you'll return to the desk. If you won the battle, you'll send your catch to the PC; if you lost the battle, you'll be forced to let your catch go. Either way, you'll have your Pokémon returned to you, and swap your Safari Balls for 100 in money for each remaining ball.


Since Bonsly, Munchlax, and legendaries cannot be the Cup Pokémon, there's a different piece of data for them. This piece of data will be in another post.
 
Last edited:
If you transmit the passwords on all 10 Shining Pokémon from the Final Fantasy VII set to the Tajiri server, followed by the password "C4F-4M0-Vxx", where xx denotes a two-letter version identifier; in this case XD for XD: Gale of Darkness. (The reason you need a confirmation password is because there was a version of this data for Colosseum in the FF7 set.) You must have beaten Greevil at least once, because the Orre Colosseum is required for this version of the data. Once the passwords are transmitted, you'll download a challenge for the Orre Colosseum. Transmit the data via Wi-Fi. Enter your team at the Orre Colosseum and select Marathon Challenge. (The Orre Colosseum in XD: Gale of Darkness is an Open Level tournament, where your opponent's level is equal to your highest-level Pokémon but no lower than 60.) Once you select the tournament, you'll be asked to select either 1-on-1 or 2-on-2. Once you've done that, Eagun will leave and Sephiroth will walk into the Colosseum! In some E10+-rated dialogue, Sephiroth will tell you that you're about to undergo a test of endurance that will pit you against some of the top criminal minds in the land one after the other, and that you will be permitted 6 Pokémon of any level to take on their Open Level teams (equal to the level of your highest-level Pokémon, or level 60 if all of your Pokémon are below level 60). You still earn a continue for each battle you win without losing a single Pokémon. Here is a listing of the leaders and their teams:

Cipher and Snagem, First Bout
Battle 1
Trainer Name: CIPHER ADMIN LOVRINA
Gender: Female
Pokémon: Shuckle, Milotic, Wobbuffet, Blissey, Misdreavus, Chikorita

Battle 2
Trainer Name: CIPHER ADMIN SNATTLE
Gender: Male
Pokémon: Electrode, Gengar, Muk, Glalie, Regirock, Regice

Battle 3
Trainer Name: CIPHER ADMIN GORIGAN
Gender: Male
Pokémon: Salamence, Granbull, Arcanine, Tauros, Hitmontop, Gyarados

Battle 4
Trainer Name: CHOBIN & ROBO GROUDON
Gender: Male (Chobin), Genderless (Robo Groudon)
Pokémon: Scizor, Mr. Mime, Dragonite, Marowak, Kangaskhan, Ninjask

Battle 5
Trainer Name: SNAGEM HEAD GONZAP
Gender: Male
Pokémon: Blastoise, Slaking, Skarmory, Salamence, Venusaur, Charizard

Battle 6
Trainer Name: CIPHER ADMIN ARDOS
Gender: Male
Pokémon: Sceptile, Charizard, Gengar, Aerodactyl, Tauros, Starmie

Battle 7
Trainer Name: CIPHER ADMIN ELDES
Gender: Male
Pokémon: Latios, Latias, Gengar, Metagross, Snorlax, Tauros

Battle 8
Trainer Name: CIPHER BOSS GREEVIL
Gender: Male
Pokémon: Moltres, Rhydon, Articuno, Exeggutor, Zapdos, Tauros

Battle 9
Trainer Name: WANDERER MIROR B.
Gender: Male
Pokémon: Lotad, Lombre, Ludicolo, Electrode, Nosepass, Dragonite

Team Magma:
Battle 10
Trainer Name: MAGMA ADMIN TABITHA
Gender: Female
Pokémon: Arcanine, Mightyena, Camerupt, Charizard, Crobat, Dugtrio

Battle 11
Trainer Name: MAGMA ADMIN COURTNEY
Gender: Female
Pokémon: Ninetales, Mightyena, Camerupt, Blaziken, Crobat, Quagsire

Battle 12
Trainer Name: MAGMA ADMIN HARLAND
Gender: Male
Pokémon: Camerupt, Mightyena, Blaziken, Armaldo, Magmar, Arcanine

Battle 13
Trainer Name: MAGMA LEADER MAXIE
Gender: Male
Pokémon: Mightyena, Crobat, Houndoom, Rapidash, Typhlosion, Camerupt

Team Aqua:
Battle 14
Trainer Name: AQUA ADMIN MATT
Gender: Male
Pokémon: Cloyster, Mightyena, Sharpedo, Blastoise, Crobat, Salamence

Battle 15
Trainer Name: AQUA ADMIN SHELLY
Gender: Female
Pokémon: Starmie, Mightyena, Sharpedo, Feraligatr, Crobat, Altaria

Battle 16
Trainer Name: AQUA ADMIN ISABEL
Gender: Female
Pokémon: Sharpedo, Ludicolo, Dragonair, Dewgong, Jynx, Quagsire

Battle 17
Trainer Name: AQUA LEADER ARCHIE
Gender: Male
Pokémon: Mightyena, Crobat, Octillery, Gyarados, Swampert, Sharpedo

Team Flora:
Battle 18
Trainer Name: FLORA ADMIN BRAD
Gender: Male
Pokémon: Victreebel, Mightyena, Cacturne, Meganium, Crobat, Shiftry

Battle 19
Trainer Name: FLORA ADMIN SETH
Gender: Male
Pokémon: Vileplume, Mightyena, Cacturne, Sceptile, Crobat, Ludicolo

Battle 20
Trainer Name: FLORA ADMIN XENIA
Gender: Female
Pokémon: Cacturne, Gardevoir, Vileplume, Skarmory, Tangela, Cradily

Battel 21
Trainer Name: FLORA LEADER FARLIE
Gender: Male
Pokémon: Mightyena, Crobat, Jumpluff, Exeggutor, Venusaur, Cacturne

Team Plasma:
Battle 22
Trainer Name: PLASMA ADMIN DAVID
Gender: Male
Pokémon: Magneton, Mightyena, Manectric, Ampharos, Crobat, Raichu

Battle 23
Trainer Name: PLASMA ADMIN RHONDA
Gender: Female
Pokémon: Electrode, Mightyena, Manectric, Lanturn, Crobat, Electabuzz

Battle 24
Trainer Name: PLASMA ADMIN JACK
Gender: Male
Pokémon: Manectric, Exploud, Electrode, Xatu, Electabuzz, Raichu

Battle 25
Trainer Name: PLASMA LEADER PLASMAE
Gender: Female
Pokémon: Mightyena, Crobat, Raichu, Magneton, Ampharos, Manectric

Team Rocket:
Battle 26
Trainer Name: ROCKET ADMINS JESSIE & JAMES
Gender: Female (Jessie), Male (James)
Pokémon: Arbok, Weezing, Wobbuffet, Victreebel, Dustox, Cacturne

Battle 27
Trainer Name: ROCKET ADMINS BUTCH & CASSIDY
Gender: Male (Butch), Female (Cassidy)
Pokémon: Raticate, Primeape, Houndoom, Hitmontop, Mightyena, Armaldo

Battle 28
Trainer Name: ROCKET ADMINS ANNIE & OAKLEY
Gender: Both Female
Pokémon: Ariados, Espeon, Azumarill, Sunflora, Camerupt, Altaria

Battle 29
Trainer Name: ROCKET ADMIN TYSON
Gender: Male
Pokémon: Spearow, Fearow, Meganium, Torkoal, Manectric, Crawdaunt

Battle 30
Trainer Name: ROCKET LEADER GIOVANNI
Gender: Male
Pokémon: Persian, Gyarados, Machamp, Aggron, Nidoking, Tyranitar

(At this point, Sephiroth shows up again and says that Cipher and Snagem as well as "the one astride a robot Groudon" (Chobin) and "the one in the afro" (Miror B.) are ready for a second bout, having redeemed their "second bout" passes before swapping their teams.)

Cipher and Snagem, Second Bout
Battle 31
Trainer Name: CIPHER ADMIN LOVRINA
Gender: Female
Pokémon: Roselia, Milotic, Gorebyss, Blissey, Misdreavus, Meganium

Battle 32
Trainer Name: CIPHER ADMIN SNATTLE
Gender: Male
Pokémon: Electrode, Gengar, Muk, Glalie, Scizor, Castform, Metagross
NOTE: Snattle is not following the Colosseum rules. The turn after Electrode goes down, he'll skip a turn to illegally swap Electrode for Metagross in his lineup.
After Winning: Recieve 15,000 Pokécoupon points as a reward for clearing a rulebreaker from the challenge; you get these points even if you don't complete the challenge
Cumulative Bonus: 15,000 Pokécoupon points

Battle 33
Trainer Name: CIPHER ADMIN GORIGAN
Gender: Male
Pokémon: Granbull, Tauros, Hitmontop, Ursaring, Aggron, Dugtrio, Skarmory
NOTE: Gorigan is not following the Colosseum rules. The turn after Granbull goes down, he'll skip a turn to illegally swap Granbull for Skarmory in his lineup.
After Winning: Recieve 15,000 Pokécoupon points as a reward for clearing a rulebreaker from the challenge; you get these points even if you don't complete the challenge
Cumulative Bonus: 30,000 Pokécoupon points

Battle 34
Trainer Name: CHOBIN & ROBO GROUDON
Gender: Male (Chobin), Genderless (Robo Groudon)
Pokémon: Scizor, Mr. Mime, Dragonite, Sunflora, Gyarados, Jumpluff, Tropius
NOTE: Chobin is not following the Colosseum rules. The turn after Scizor goes down, he'll skip a turn to illegally swap Scizor for Tropius in his lineup.
After Winning: Recieve 15,000 Pokécoupon points as a reward for clearing a rulebreaker from the challenge; you get these points even if you don't complete the challenge
Cumulative Bonus: 45,000 Pokécoupon points

Battle 35
Trainer Name: SNAGEM HEAD GONZAP
Gender: Male
Pokémon: Blastoise, Swampert, Blaziken, Sceptile, Venusaur, Charizard, Skarmory
NOTE: Gonzap is not following the Colosseum rules. The turn after Blastoise goes down, he'll skip a turn to illegally swap Blastoise for Skarmory in his lineup.
After Winning: Recieve 15,000 Pokécoupon points as a reward for clearing a rulebreaker from the challenge; you get these points even if you don't complete the challenge
Cumulative Bonus: 60,000 Pokécoupon points

Battle 36
Trainer Name: CIPHER ADMIN ARDOS
Gender: Male
Pokémon: Alakazam, Kingdra, Gengar, Aerodactyl, Tauros, Starmie, Heracross
NOTE: Ardos is not following the Colosseum rules. The turn after Alakazam goes down, he'll skip a turn to illegally swap Alakazam for Heracross in his lineup.
After Winning: Recieve 15,000 Pokécoupon points as a reward for clearing a rulebreaker from the challenge; you get these points even if you don't complete the challenge
Cumulative Bonus: 75,000 Pokécoupon points

Battle 37
Trainer Name: CIPHER ADMIN ELDES
Gender: Male
Pokémon: Gengar, Metagross, Snorlax, Tauros, Ninjask, Flygon, Hypno
NOTE: Eldes is not following the Colosseum rules. The turn after Gengar goes down, he'll skip a turn to illegally swap Gengar for Hypno in his lineup.
After Winning: Recieve 15,000 Pokécoupon points as a reward for clearing a rulebreaker from the challenge; you get these points even if you don't complete the challenge
Cumulative Bonus: 90,000 Pokécoupon points

Battle 38
Trainer Name: CIPHER BOSS GREEVIL
Gender: Male
Pokémon: Manectric, Swellow, Starmie, Granbull, Altaria, Aerodactyl, Flygon
NOTE: Greevil is not following the Colosseum rules. The turn after Manectric goes down, he'll skip a turn to illegally swap Manectric for Flygon in his lineup.
After Winning: Recieve 15,000 Pokécoupon points as a reward for clearing a rulebreaker from the challenge; you get these points even if you don't complete the challenge
Cumulative Bonus: 105,000 Pokécoupon points

Battle 39
Trainer Name: WANDERER MIROR B.
Gender: Male
Pokémon: Ludicolo, Shiftry, Jumpluff, Sudowoodo, Golduck, Exploud, Armaldo
NOTE: Miror B. is not following the Colosseum rules. The turn after Ludicolo goes down, he'll skip a turn to illegally swap Ludicolo for Armaldo in his lineup.
After Winning: Recieve 15,000 Pokécoupon points as a reward for clearing a rulebreaker from the challenge; you get these points even if you don't complete the challenge
Cumulative Bonus: 120,000 Pokécoupon points

The Turks, Jenova, and Sephiroth
Battle 40
Trainer Name: TURK TEAMMATE RENO
Gender: Male
Pokémon: Relicanth, Mawile, Sableye, Flygon, Marowak, Victreebel, Jumpluff
NOTE: Reno is not following the Colosseum rules. The turn after Relicanth goes down, he'll skip a turn to illegally swap Relicanth for Jumpluff in his lineup.
After Winning: Recieve 15,000 Pokécoupon points as a reward for clearing a rulebreaker from the challenge; you get these points even if you don't complete the challenge
Cumulative Bonus: 135,000 Pokécoupon points

Battle 41
Trainer Name: TURK TEAMMATE RUDE
Gender: Male
Pokémon: Kangaskhan, Gengar, Electabuzz, Gligar, Steelix, Slowking, Tentacruel
NOTE: Rude is not following the Colosseum rules. The turn after Kangaskhan goes down, he'll skip a turn to illegally swap Kangaskhan for Tentacruel in his lineup.
After Winning: Recieve 15,000 Pokécoupon points as a reward for clearing a rulebreaker from the challenge; you get these points even if you don't complete the challenge
Cumulative Bonus: 150,000 Pokécoupon points

Battle 42
Trainer Name: TURK TEAMMATE ELENA
Gender: Female
Pokémon: Venusaur, Blaziken, Swampert, Ampharos, Flygon, Salamence, Dragonite
NOTE: Elena is not following the Colosseum rules. The turn after Venusaur goes down, she'll skip a turn to illegally swap Venusaur for Dragonite in her lineup.
After Winning: Recieve 15,000 Pokécoupon points as a reward for clearing a rulebreaker from the challenge; you get these points even if you don't complete the challenge
Cumulative Bonus: 165,000 Pokécoupon points

Battle 43
Trainer Name: MIDGAR MONSTER JENOVA
Gender: Female
Jenova's Form: Birth
Pokémon: Electabuzz, Raichu, Lanturn, Plusle, Minun, Manectric

Battle 44
Trainer Name: MIDGAR MONSTER JENOVA
Gender: Female
Jenova's Form: Life
Pokémon: Blastoise, Walrein, Starmie, Crawdaunt, Corsola, Swampert
NOTE: Jenova swapped her team without a "second bout" pass and is thus not following the Colosseum rules.
After Winning: Recieve 40,000 Pokécoupon points as a reward for clearing a rulebreaker from the challenge; you get these points even if you don't complete the challenge
Cumulative Bonus: 205,000 Pokécoupon points

Battle 45
Trainer Name: MIDGAR MONSTER JENOVA
Gender: Female
Jenova's Form: Death
Pokémon: Charizard, Typhlosion, Blaziken, Houndoom, Camerupt, Magcargo
NOTE: Jenova again swapped her team without a "second bout" pass and is thus not following the Colosseum rules.
After Winning: Recieve 65,000 Pokécoupon points as a reward for clearing a rulebreaker from the challenge; you get these points even if you don't complete the challenge
Cumulative Bonus: 270,000 Pokécoupon points

Semifinal
Trainer Name: MIDGAR MONSTER JENOVA
Gender: Female
Jenova's Form: Synthesis
Pokémon: Regirock, Raikou, Regice, Entei, Registeel, Suicune
NOTE: Jenova again swapped her team without a "second bout" pass and is thus not following the Colosseum rules.
After Winning: Recieve 115,000 Pokécoupon points as a reward for clearing a rulebreaker from the challenge; you get these points even if you don't complete the challenge
Cumulative Bonus: 385,000 Pokécoupon points

Final
Trainer Name: MIDGAR DARKNESS SEPHIROTH
Gender: Male
Pokémon: Gengar, Banette, Dusclops, Sableye, Sharpedo, Misdreavus, Houndoom
NOTE: Sephiroth is not following the Colosseum rules. The turn after Gengar goes down, he'll skip a turn to illegally swap Gengar for Houndoom in his lineup.
After Winning: Recieve 15,000 Pokécoupon points as a reward for clearing a rulebreaker from the challenge
Cumulative Bonus: 400,000 Pokécoupon points

Once you beat Sephiroth, the 47-battle challenge is cleared. In addition to any bonus points you accumulated during the challenge, you'll recieve 100,000 Pokécoupon points for clearing the challenge. Add the bonus points to that and you've recieved a total of 500,000 Pokécoupon points in this challenge. If you lose the challenge and don't have a continue, you'll still recieve any bonus Pokécoupon points you accumulated, up to 385,000 if Sephiroth is the one who beat you.

You can suspend your challenge and pick it up some other time. If you suspend the challenge, you'll be shown your quick password which will allow you to download the challenge from the Tajiri server with just one password.
 
This is a long series of posts that involves a road of DS-transmitted data. The series culminates with a fourth battle against Miror B. (that doesn't involve someone else's Shadow Pokémon) in XD: Gale of Darkness. This is all data from Colosseum originally that led to a second match against Fein in that game, modified for XD: Gale of Darkness. These first few posts have data that doesn't involve Trainers' City.

Part 1: Outside Team Missions (Colosseum Versions: Magma Aqua Flora Plasma Ending)
Mission originally created by Sunflorazumarill. Modified by myself for XD: Gale of Darkness.

Transmit the passwords on all seven Weather Cubes to the Tajiri server. This will transmit an XD: Gale of Darkness version of the first-ever transmittable Colosseum mission into XD: Gale of Darkness, with some differences.

This piece of data is an XD: Gale of Darkness version of a Colosseum mission that involves five additional evil teams. To do this piece of data in XD: Gale of Darkness, you must have beaten Greevil at least once. When you first continue your progress, you'll get an E-mail from Nett titled "Magma?!". In it, it tells you Nett has something important to tell you. Also included in the e-mail is your quick password, which allows you to download the mission from the Tajiri server with just one password. After getting this E-mail, if you go up to any TV, you'll hear a news report about other organizations in Orre. The broadcast goes like this: "We have breaking news! It turns out that the organization mentioned earlier with a plot for world domination has been stopped, but there are rumors of 5 other organizations operating all around Orre. We will tell you more of this story as we find out more!" As it turns out, Team Magma, Team Aqua, Team Flora, and Team Plasma have come to Orre and are wreaking havoc there. You'll have to fight each of them. Here is where each Team is:

Magma: Mt. Battle (Area 1)
Aqua: Pyrite Town (ONBS Station)
Flora: Team Snagem Hideout
Plasma: Shadow Pokémon Lab

The battles with the team Grunts are still 2-on-2 (like all the trainer battles in Pokémon XD: Gale of Darkness after snagging the shadow Teddiursa). Each group is lead by a corresponding team's Admin, who has a Shadow Pokémon (indicated in red). (These additional Shadow Pokémon along with others accessed through other DS-transmittable data will contribute to a fourth battle with Miror B. (that doesn't involve someone else's Shadow Pokémon).) You can do this mission again once it's completed by transmitting the passwords again. If you do and you've already Snagged a Shadow Pokémon from an Admin, he or she will instead have a different regular Pokémon (indicated in green). Anyway, here is more information on each team:

TEAM MAGMA: Location, Mt. Battle

Anyway, head to the ONBS Station and talk to Nett. He'll tell you that a team known as Magma is at Mt. Battle. Immediately head there and you'll learn that Team Magma has taken Area 1 over. (Any Mt. Battle progress you have will be halted until Team Magma leaves.) The woman will let you go to Area 1. When you head into Area 1, you'll notice that instead of the usual Mt. Battle Trainers on each platform, each platform instead has a Team Magma Grunt. You'll have to fight each of them to reach the end of Area 1. Here are each Grunt's Pokémon that you fight as you make your way up Mt. Battle:

Team Magma Grunt(M): L43 Baltoy, L44 Ponyta, L45 Makuhita, L46 Numel
Team Magma Grunt(F): L44 Houndour, L45 Rhyhorn, L46 Growlithe, L47 Sableye
Team Magma Grunt(M): L45 Vulpix, L46 Lairon, L47 Magby, L48 Sandslash
Team Magma Grunt(F): L46 Charmeleon, L47 Donphan, L48 Magcargo, L49 Stantler
Team Magma Grunt(M): L47 Golbat, L48 Torkoal, L49 Onix, L50 Houndoom
Team Magma Grunt(F): L48 Vibrava, L49 Togetic, L50 Magcargo, L51 Hypno
Team Magma Grunt(M): L49 Swellow, L50 Ninetales, L51 Miltank, L52 Pupitar
Team Magma Grunt(F): L50 Torkoal, L51 Shelgon, L52 Claydol, L53 Rapidash
Team Magma Grunt(M): L51 Ninetales, L52 Rhydon, L53 Houndoom, L54 Steelix

Once you reach the 10th platform of Mt. Battle, you'll find a Team Magma Admin, Harland, holding Vander (the Area 1 Leader) hostage. You'll then have to fight Harland. He'll have Mightyena use Sunny Day, which will power up his Camerupt's Eruption and his Blaziken's Blaze Kick. His Mightyena also knows Iron Tail and Hyper Beam and his Armaldo will use Ancientpower and Aerial Ace to deal heavy physical damage. Use Water attacks for all of Harland's team, but don't use them when he brings out his Shadow Pokémon, Entei. Inflict Entei with a Sleep condition to prevent its shadow attacks and use attacks other than Water, Rock, and Ground-type ones to Snag it.

Magma Admin Harland(M): L55 Camerupt, L54 Mightyena, L53 Blaziken, L52 Armaldo, L50 Entei/L51 Arcanine
Entei's Shadow Moves: Shadow Fire, Shadow Break, Shadow Shed, Shadow Sky
The music played against all Team Magma/Aqua/Flora/Plasma/Rocket Grunts and Admins that aren't in knockout challenges is the music played when battling a traditional Cipher Peon.

TEAM AQUA: Location, ONBS Station

After ridding Team Magma from Mt. Battle, you'll get another E-mail from Nett (titled "Another Team!") telling you that red face paint Cail knows some information about another group somewhere in Pyrite Town. The e-mail has several spelling and grammar errors, as if Nett was in a big hurry to type it and had no time to spellcheck. Go to Pyrite Town and battle Cail to learn that Team Aqua has taken up residence in the ONBS Station. (Probably explains why Nett's e-mail had all those errors on it. No, Burninating_Torchic, the errors are nothing along the lines of "Absol is now Sleeping.") Head over there and upon heading inside, you'll notice that Team Aqua Grunts are littered all over the station. Here are each Grunt's Pokémon that you fight as you make your way through the ONBS Station:

Team Aqua Grunt(F): L43 Poliwhirl, L44 Smoochum, L45 Kingler, L46 Carvanha
Team Aqua Grunt(M): L44 Seaking, L45 Corphish, L46 Croconaw, L47 Delibird
Team Aqua Grunt(F): L45 Masquerain, L46 Cloyster, L47 Mightyena, L48 Corsola
Team Aqua Grunt(M): L46 Sealeo, L47 Qwilfish, L48 Luvdisc, L49 Sneasel
Team Aqua Grunt(F): L47 Machoke, L48 Tentacruel, L49 Piloswine, L50 Huntail
Team Aqua Grunt(M): L48 Golbat, L49 Octillery, L50 Gorebyss, L51 Starmie
Team Aqua Grunt(F): L49 Mantine, L50 Mawile, L51 Mr. Mime, L52 Milotic
Team Aqua Grunt(M): L50 Relicanth, L51 Whiscash, L52 Pelipper, L53 Lapras
Team Aqua Grunt(F): L51 Crawdaunt, L52 Golduck, L53 Blastoise, L54 Wailord

When you head out to the roof of the ONBS Station, you'll find a Team Aqua Admin, Isabel. You then will have to fight her. Her Ludicolo will use Rain Dance to power up her team's Water attacks and her Dragonair will use Dragonbreath and Thunder Wave to Paralyze your team. Use Grass and Electric Pokémon to make quick work of the Water-types and an Ice-type for Dragonair. When Isabel sends out Suicune, her Shadow Pokémon, put a Sleep condition on it and slowly cut down its HP before Snagging it. Here's Isabel's team:

Aqua Admin Isabel(F): L55 Sharpedo, L54 Ludicolo, L53 Dragonair, L52 Dewgong, L50 Suicune/L51 Quagsire
Suicune's Shadow Moves: Shadow Chill, Shadow Crush, Shadow Rave, Shadow Mist

TEAM FLORA: Location, Team Snagem Hideout

After ousting Team Aqua from the ONBS Station, you'll get an E-mail from Secc simply titled "Team Flora???" Go and talk to him in the ONBS Station and he'll inform you of a suspicious team found back at the Snagem Hideout. Head to the Hideout and head inside. As you make your way through the same route that leads to Gonzap, you'll notice that none of the usual Trainers or Team Snagem members are there. Instead, Team Flora Grunts litter the area. Also, at certain points along the route, a Team Flora Grunt (the first one on the list) will drop down. Note that it's the same one each time. Here are each Grunt's Pokémon that you fight as you make your way through the Team Snagem Hideout:

Team Flora Grunt(F): L43 Weepinbell, L44 Ninjask, L45 Yanma, L46 Cacnea
Team Flora Grunt(M): L44 Nuzleaf, L45 Exeggcute, L46 Gulpin, L47 Chansey
Team Flora Grunt(F): L45 Gloom, L46 Shuckle, L47 Kirlia, L48 Breloom
Team Flora Grunt(M): L46 Grovyle, L47 Scyther, L48 Venomoth, L49 Pinsir
Team Flora Grunt(F): L47 Golbat, L48 Roselia, L49 Arbok, L50 Nidoqueen
Team Flora Grunt(M): L48 Sunflora, L49 Heracross, L50 Nidoking, L51 Altaria
Team Flora Grunt(F): L49 Parasect, L50 Jumpluff, L51 Mightyena, L52 Metang
Team Flora Grunt(M): L50 Tropius, L51 Linoone, L52 Wobbuffet, L53 Meganium
Team Flora Grunt(F): L51 Gligar, L52 Victreebel, L53 Murkrow, L54 Shiftry

When you reach the place where you fought Gonzap, you'll find a Team Flora Admin by the name of Xenia. She'll boast about a large Snag Machine that was here five years ago and desires a want for it so that Team Flora can Snag dozens of Grass Pokémon from other Trainers, then she'll fight you. Her Gardevoir's Psychic attack can really hurt your team and her Vileplume will use Aerial Ace and Sludge Bomb to deal accurate and strong Flying and Poison damage. Fire Pokémon will make quick work of her Pokémon except for Sudowoodo, her Shadow Pokémon. Put a Sleep condition on the Imitation Pokémon and use physical attacks to Snag it. Here's Xenia's team:

Flora Admin Xenia(F): L55 Cacturne, L54 Gardevoir, L53 Vileplume, L52 Skarmory, L50 Sudowoodo/L51 Cradily
Sudowoodo's Shadow Attacks: Shadow Half, Shadow Hold, Shadow End (1 Normal Attack)

TEAM PLASMA: Location, Shadow Pokémon Lab

After Team Flora leaves the Team Snagem Hideout, you'll get an E-mail from Marcia (titled "Trouble at Lab!") telling you that Kilen, the Bodybuilder at Gateon Port, knows something about another team found near the Shadow Pokémon Lab. Head for Gateon and battle Kilen to learn that a group known as Team Plasma is at the Shadow Pokémon Lab. Head over there and upon heading inside, you'll notice that this time, Team Plasma Grunts drop down from above instead of Cipher Peons. They are found in the same locations that the Peons were your previous trek through the Lab. Here are each Grunt's Pokémon that you fight as you make your way through the Shadow Pokémon Lab:

Team Plasma Grunt(M): L43 Voltorb, L44 Meditite, L45 Natu, L46 Electrike
Team Plasma Grunt(F): L44 Spoink, L45 Magnemite, L46 Pikachu, L47 Pidgeotto
Team Plasma Grunt(M): L45 Elekid, L46 Flaaffy, L47 Porygon, L48 Loudred
Team Plasma Grunt(F): L46 Flaaffy, L47 Kadabra, L48 Raichu, L49 Golbat
Team Plasma Grunt(M): L47 Plusle, L48 Volbeat, L49 Granbull, L50 Haunter
Team Plasma Grunt(F): L48 Minun, L49 Illumise, L50 Dugtrio, L51 Aipom
Team Plasma Grunt(M): L49 Nosepass, L50 Mightyena, L51 Grumpig, L52 Magneton
Team Plasma Grunt(F): L50 Electrode, L51 Misdreavus, L52 Lanturn, L53 Pidegot
Team Plasma Grunt(M): L51 Magneton, L52 Medicham, L53 Ampharos, L54 Porygon2

As you make your way thugh the Lab, you'll eventually end up in the room where Wes fought Ein five years ago to find a Team Plasma Admin, Jack. You'll hear Jack saying he's looking for data on how to make more Shadow Pokémon so that Team Plasma will become unstoppable. He'll the notice you and recognize you. You then have to battle him. Use Ground-types to take on his Electric-types and an Electric attack of your own for Xatu. However, beware of Exploud's high damaging Hyper Voice attack and a Protect/Explosion combo used with Xatu and Electrode. When Jack sends out his Shadow Pokémon, Raikou, put it to Sleep and use attacks other than Ground-type ones so Snag it. Here's Jack's team:

Plasma Admin Jack(M): L55 Manectric, L54 Exploud, L53 Electrode, L52 Xatu, L50 Raikou/L51 Raichu
Raikou's Shadow Attacks: Shadow Bolt, Shadow Storm, Shadow Panic, Shadow Blitz

Once all four teams have been defeated, you'll get one more E-mail from Nett entitled "URGENT NEWS!!!" Head back to ONBS and talk to him. He'll tell you some terrible news. The news is that Team Rocket has taken over Citadark Island. You have to head back there and stop whatever plans they have.

GATEON PORT

As it turns out, each of the leaders of the other four teams are at Gateon Port, where you're supposed to set sail to Citadark Island on Robo Kyogre. Maxie (Team Magma), Archie (Team Aqua), Farlie (Team Flora), and Plasmae (Team Plasma) are each somewhere at Gateon Port. There's some bad news, though: Each of them have stolen a part from Robo Kyogre so you can't sail to Citadark! You have to fight each of them and obtain one of Robo Kyogre's parts. It won't be easy though, so I'll give you a little strategy for each of them.

Magma Leader Maxie(M): L60 Camerupt, L58 Mightyena, L58 Crobat, L58 Houndoom, L58 Arcanine, L45 Flygon/L58 Rapidash; Win the Kyogre Engine
Flygon Shadow Attacks: Shadow Storm, Shadow Crush, Shadow Sky (1 Normal Attack)
When facing Maxie, Archie, Farlie, or Plasmae, the music that plays is the traditional boss theme.

Maxie uses Sunny Day to up the power of his Pokémon's Fire-type attacks. Not only that, but two of his Pokémon (Houndoom and Rapidash) know Solarbeam, which takes only 1 turn to use in sunlight. You can counter all this with Rain Dance, however. Use Water and Ground attacks for Maxie's Pokémon before they burn up much of your team with their attacks. Use a Sleep condition on Flygon and Snag it.

Aqua Leader Archie(M): L60 Sharpedo, L58 Mightyena, L58 Crobat, L58 Octillery, L58 Mantine, L45 Jynx/L58 Poliwrath; Win the Kyogre Navigation
Jynx Shadow Attacks: Shadow Shed, Shadow Storm (2 Normal Attacks)

Archie uses Rain Dance to increase his Water Pokémon's power. However, you can use an Electric Pokémon that knows Thunder to take care of them. Grass Pokémon can also do the job. But be careful with Electric Pokémon since two of Archie's Pokémon (Sharpedo and Poliwrath) know Earthquake. However, a Thunder attack from a good Eletric-type should K.O. them in one hit. Use a Sleep condition on Jynx and Snag it.

Flora Leader Farlie(M): L60 Cacturne, L58 Mightyena, L58 Crobat, L58 Tangela, L58 Jumpluff, L45 Sunflora/L58 Victreebel; Win the Kyogre Ignition
Sunflora Shadow Attacks: Shadow Rave, Shadow Down (2 Normal Attacks)

Farlie has a sinister plan in store for you. His Pokémon will use the Toxic/Protect along with such moves as Spikes (Cacturne), Confuse Ray (Crobat), Mean Look (Crobat), and Bind (Tangela). Use Fire-type attacks to dispatch each of Farlie's Pokémon before that have a chance to do any of that to you. Bring healing items with you just in case the Poison damage starts to get to you. Use a Sleep condition on Sunflora and Snag it.

Plasma Leader Plasmae(F): L60 Manectric, L58 Mightyena, L58 Crobat, L58 Xatu, L58 Electabuzz , L45 Skarmory/L58 Raichu; Win the Kyogre Exhaust
Skarmory Shadow Attacks: Shadow Crush, Shadow Rave, Shadow Mist (1 Normal Attack)

Plasme's starategy is pure havoc. She'll have her Pokémon use Thunder Wave to Paralyze your team and then use attacks like Confuse Ray (Crobat and Xatu), Attract (Raichu), Double Team (Electabuzz), and Mean Look (Crobat), to make sure you never get the chance to attack. Ground-types however are immune to Thunder Wave and can take out Plasmae's team quickly. Use them. Use a Sleep condition on the Skarmory and Snag it.

CITADARK ISLAND

Once you've obtained the stolen parts to the Robo Kyogre, talk to Roose and he'll get to work on fixing Robo Kyogre. Head for anywhere else on the map, then return to Gateon and Robo Kyogre is fixed. You can now sail to Citadark Island. On the island, instead of the usual Trainers, you'll find many Team Rocket Grunts all over the place. Fifteen of them are standing on the path to Greevil's chamber, while two will drop from the ceiling at preset spots. Each Rocket uses a specific Pokémon type and thus will make this very difficult. If your team needs it, you can head to a Healing Station and heal your Pokémon as many times as you wish. Here are each Grunt's Pokémon along with an indication of that Grunt's type:

Team Rocket Grunt(M) Water: L52 Lombre, L53 Pelipper, L54 Cloyster, L55 Swampert
Team Rocket Grunt(F) Grass: L52 Roselia, L53 Cacturne, L54 Jumpluff, L55 Exeggutor
Team Rocket Grunt(M) Electric: L52 Magneton, L53 Electabuzz, L54 Lanturn, L55 Ampharos
Team Rocket Grunt(F) Fire: L52 Magcargo, L53 Torkoal, L54 Houndoom, L55 Typhlosion
Team Rocket Grunt(M) Fighting: L52 Machoke, L53 Medicham, L54 Breloom, L55 Poliwrath
Team Rocket Grunt(F) Poison: L52 Qwilfish, L53 Arbok, L54 Swalot, L55 Venusaur
Team Rocket Grunt(M) Flying: L52 Swellow, L53 Beautifly, L54 Tropius, L55 Crobat
Team Rocket Grunt(F) Ice: L52 Delibird, L53 Glalie, L54 Piloswine, L55 Walrein
Team Rocket Grunt(M) Bug: L53 Volbeat, L53 Illumise, L54 Ninjask, L54 Parasect
Team Rocket Grunt(F) Ground: L52 Marowak, L53 Whiscash, L54 Claydol, L55 Camerupt
Team Rocket Grunt(M) Steel: L52 Lairon, L53 Forretress, L54 Mawile, L55 Steelix
Team Rocket Grunt(F) Psychic: L52 Metang, L53 Jynx, L54 Xatu, L55 Gardevoir
Team Rocket Grunt(M) Rock: L52 Nosepass, L53 Pupitar, L54 Cradily, L55 Golem
Team Rocket Grunt(F) Dark: L52 Nuzleaf, L53 Mightyena, L54 Sneasel, L55 Sharpedo
Team Rocket Grunt(M) Normal: L52 Zangoose, L53 Delcatty, L54 Linoone, L55 Exploud
Team Rocket Grunt(F) Ghost: L52 Misdreavus, L53 Dusclops, L54 Sableye, L55 Gengar
Team Rocket Grunt(M) Dragon: L52 Altaria, L53 Dragonair, L54 Shelgon, L55 Flygon

GREEVIL'S CHAMBER

Once you have defeated all the Rockets, you can enter Greevil's chamber. Heal your Pokémon and save your progress before entering. When you enter, you'll have to fight some "elite" Team Rocket agents before you can take on Giovanni himself. If you make it through the first four groups, your team will be recharged for Giovanni and another elite agent of his. If you lose to any of them, you have to start over from Jessie & James. Here are each Rocket's team along with a mini-strategy for each of them:

Rocket Admins Jessie&James(F/M): L60 Seviper, L60 Wobbuffet, L60 Dustox, L60 Chimecho, L60 Cacturne, L50 Sneasel/L60 Meowth
Sneasel's Shadow Attacks: Shadow Blitz, Shadow Wave, Shadow Sky (1 Normal Attack)
The music when facing Jessie & James is the same as the music played in the first round of a knockout challenge.

Out favorite Team Rocket duo (along with Meowth) tends to use Poison- and Psychic-type Pokémon. Psychic-types can take care of the former, and Dark-types can take care of the latter. But Cacturne is there to counter Psychic Pokémon. Use a Fire attack on Cacturne (also good against Dustox), but Wobbuffet could be their trickiest Pokémon of all. Be careful of its Counter, Mirror Coat, and Destiny Bond attacks. Put a Sleep condition on the Sneasel and Snag it.

Rocket Admins Butch&Cassidy(M/F): L60 Raticate, L60 Primeape, L60 Houndoom, L60 Hitmontop, L60 Mightyena, L50 Stantler/L60 Armaldo
Stantler's Shadow Attacks: Shadow Panic, Shadow Shed, Shadow Mist (1 Normal Attack)
The music when facing Butch and Cassidy is the same as the music played in the second round of a knockout challenge.

Butch & Cassidy are even harder than Jessie & James. Psychic and Flying Pokémon should take care of Primeape and Hitmontop and Fighting and Bug Pokémon should be used against Houndoom and Mightyena. Be careful of such combos like Hitmontop's Flying-type blow/Counter and Houndoom's Overheat/White Herb. If you follow these rules, you'll be able to topple this duo. Put a Sleep condition on the Stantler and Snag it.

Rocket Admins Annie&Oakley(F/F): L60 Ariados, L60 Espeon, L60 Azumarill, L60 Sunflora, L60 Camerupt, L50 Murkrow/L60 Altaria
Murkrow's Shadow Attacks: Shadow Crush, Shadow Sky, Shadow Down (1 Normal Attack)
The music when facing Annie & Oakley is the same as the music played in the semifinal round of a knockout challenge.

Annie & Oakley (from Pokémon Heroes) use a very diverse team. None of their Pokémon seem to share a weakness. Not only that, but they use a slew of attacks such as Sludge Bomb (Ariados), Psychic (Espeon), Faint Attack and Razor Leaf (Sunflora), Surf and Ice Beam (Azumarill), Flamethrower and Earthquake (Camerupt), and Dragonbreath (Altaria, once you've snagged Murkrow). Fire attacks can take out Ariados and Sunflora and a Water Pokémon with both a Water and Ice attack can make quick work of Camerupt and Altaria (once you've snagged Murkrow). Use Dark and Electric-type attacks for Espeon and Azumarill. Murkrow may have Insomnia, so put a Paralyze or Freeze condition on the Murkrow and Snag it.

Rocket Admin Tyson(M): L60 Fearow, L60 Fearow, L60 Meganium, L60 Arcanine, L60 Manectric, L50 Absol/L60 Crawdaunt
Absol's Shadow Attacks: Shadow Half, Shadow Hold, Shadow End (1 Normal Attack)
The music when facing Tyson is the same as the music played in the final round of a knockout challenge.

Tyson can be very tough. Both of his Fearow know Hyper Beam and Drill Peck. He'll usually pair one of them with Manectric (who has the Lightningrod ability) to draw Electric attacks from the Flying-types (also from Crawdaunt). Instead, either use Ice-type attacks for the Flying-types or take out Manectric with a Ground attack to remove Fearow's protection. Use Fire for Meganium, Water for Torkoal, and Grass or Electric for Crawdaunt (once you've Snagged Absol). It's easier said than done, since Meganium knows Earthquake and Rock Slide and Crawdaunt knows Dig and Guillotine. You'll need to use good strategy to take out Tyson. Put a Sleep condition on Absol and Snag it.

Rocket Renegade I.M.M.(M): L60 Sneasel, L60 Scizor, L60 Milotic, L60 Shiftry, L60 Blaziken, L50 Pupitar/L60 Tyranitar
Pupitar's Shadow Attacks: Shadow Crush (3 Normal Attacks)
There is no music when facing Iron Masked Marauder.

I.M.M. will usually start with Sneasel and Scizor, both of which can be dealt with Fire attacks. The same type of attack can be used against Shiftry. For Milotic, use a powerful Electric-type to take it out quickly (it knows Recover) and drench Blaziken with a Water attack. When I.M.M. sends out Tyranitar (once you've Snagged Pupitar), watch out for its strong attacks, including Crunch, Earthquake, Rock Slide, and Thunderbolt, plus its Sand Stream ability. Put a Sleep condition on Pupitar and Snag it.

Rocket Leader Giovanni(M): L65 Persian, L65 Cloyster, L65 Cradily, L65 Machamp, L65 Flygon, L55 Metagross/L65 Metagross
Metagross's Shadow Attacks: Shadow Storm, Shadow Break, Shadow Sky, Shadow Mist
The music when facing Giovanni in this battle is Greevil's theme.

Once I.M.M. falls, you'll see Giovanni head into the chamber. He'll reveal his plan about resurrecting Cipher's Shadow Pokémon scheme and creating an army of Shadow Pokémon for Team Rocket to take over the world with. You'll then have to face Giovanni, who will try to stop you with his superpowers. Persian will use Roar to keep switching out your Pokémon. Cloyster will use Light Screen to cut Special Attack damage in half and quickly K.O. your Pokémon with Sheer Cold. Cradily will use Recover and Mirror Coat to make things even worse for you. Machamp will use Cross Shop and Rock Slide to deal heavy damage. Flygon will use Earthquake and Dragon Claw for some same-type damage. And the second Metagross (once you've snagged the first Metagross) is Giovanni's toughest Pokémon of all, equipped with Meteor Mash, Earthquake, Brick Break, and Hyper Beam. Just use what you got to deal with all of his Pokémon. Put a Sleep condition on the first Metagross and Snag it.

Once Giovanni falls, you'll see a scene where Professor Oak, Professor Elm, Professor Birch, and Professor Ivy come into the chamber, along with Chief Sherles and Duking. They'll tell Giovanni that his plans are finished. Giovanni will then boast that even though his current plans are over, he's not finished. You'll then see his helicopter come down near a window of the chamber and he'll be hoisted onto it, making a getaway. (If this is the first time you've beaten Giovanni in this way, he'll drop a parcel before making the getaway.) Oak will then tell you that you did great stopping Giovanni's scheme as well as the schems of Team Magma, Aqua, Flora, and Plasma. Elm will then congratulate you on your progress. Birch will mention that he hopes no one else will ever do such a thing as creating Shadow Pokémon. Ivy will then tell you that you deserve something special for your work. Then the credits roll like they do after defeating Nascour and Evice. However, the Pokémon that appear on the screen during the credits this time are those of R/B/Y origin (like Ivysaur, Charmelon, and Wartortle), ending with Mew.

After you're asked to save your game, you'll get an e-mail from Justy (the Pre-Gym Leader in Phenac City) telling you that the Professors left you a special gift to take. Head to Phenac's Pre-Gym and Justy will present you with a choice of three out of nine Pokémon each at L5, a Bulbasaur, a Charmander, a Squirtle, a Chikorita (w/Flamethrower), a Cyndaquil (w/Surf), a Totodile (w/Thunderbolt), a Treecko, a Torchic, and a Mudkip. You can choose Bulbasaur, Chikorita, and Treecko, Charmander, Cyndaquil, and Torchic, or Squirtle, Totodile, and Mudkip. An addition to getting a Hoenn starter from the mission, that Hoenn starter can learn a move previously reserved to only Kanto starters! (The routine is the same as for the Kanto starters.) Evolving the Treecko to Sceptile will allow it to learn Frenzy Plant, which was previously exclusive to Venusaur. Same goes for Torchic evolving to Blaziken and learning the previously Charizard-exclusive Blast Burn and Mudkip evolving to Swampert and learning the previously Blastoise-exclusive Hydro Cannon. After choosing, you can go through this mission again and then chose three of the others afterwards. If Giovanni dropped a parcel, you'll get the parcel's contents, which happens to be a new PC Box. (The number is 9, 10, 11, 12, or 13, depending on how many boxes there were before you got this one.)
 
Last edited:
Part 2: Phenac Missions

If you transmit the password on Steal Crystal along with the password(s) used to download one of Colosseum's Phenac Missions, you can do that Phenac Mission in XD: Gale of Darkness. In each mission, 10 of that team's underlings litter the streets of Phenac (except in the Snagem mission, where two of their grunts go to Realgam Tower instead). The three Phenac missions are from Team Snagem (Snagem Breaks In, Cipher/Snagem Threat or Cipher/Snagem Crisis), Team Cipher (Cipher Energy II-A, Cipher/Snagem Threat or Colosseum Set), and Team Rocket (Secret Cards, Cipher/Snagem Crisis). Each person in each of the missions has one Shadow Pokémon that has Shadow Crush as its only shadow attack. Each Phenac mission may be done only once. Here are the rundowns of the three different missions:

Snagem Mission:
Team Snagem Dcuol(M): Blocking the path to Phenac Stadium; L60 Smeargle, L30 Misdreavus
Team Snagem Siihctta(M): Challenge him at Phenac Stadium; L60 Smeargle, L30 Noctowl
Team Snagem Rrtabe(M): In plain sight outside Pre Gym; L60 Smeargle, L33 Furret
Team Snagem Idc(M): An impostor Trest outside a civilian's home, talk to him and choose "Trainers' City" when prompted to battle him; L60 Smeargle, L33 Yanma
Team Snagem Uiefyf(M): Is technically cheating, he's in the Battle CD lobby at Realgam Tower; L60 Smeargle, L33 Octillery
Team Snagem Hthipsroe(M): Is technically cheating, he's in the Battle Bingo lobby at Realgam Tower; L60 Smeargle, L33 Mantine
Team Snagem Sraie(M): An impostor Lovrina outside the mayor's house; talk to him and choose "Snattle" when prompted to battle him; L60 Smeargle, L33 Qwilfish
Team Snagem Ftai(M): Hides in Phenac Stadium lobby; L60 Smeargle, L33 Meditite
Team Snagem Idxieri(M): An impostor Ardos outside the Pokémon Center; talk to him and choose "Exol" when prompted to battle him; L60 Smeargle, L33 Dunsparce
Team Snagem Ennvcit(M): An impostor Eldes outside the Pre Gym; talk to him and choose "Wes" when prompted to battle him; L60 Smeargle, L70 Mewtwo
Yes, this is another scramble puzzle. Each one corresponds to a certain Final Fantasy VII character. PM me if you can decode them.
Also, these names and locations are exclusive to the XD version of the mission. The Colosseum version uses random names and locations.


Cipher Mission:
Cipher Peon Maria(F): Hides in Pokémon Center upper floor; L40 Raichu, L30 Omanyte
Cipher Peon Nathan(M): Hides in Trest's house lower floor; L40 Raichu, L30 Kabuto
Cipher Peon Ophelia(F): Hides in Pre Gym upper floor; L40 Raichu, L30 Aerodactyl
Cipher Peon Paul(M): Hides in Pre Gym lower floor; L40 Raichu, L30 Lileep
Cipher Peon Quincy(M): Hides in Phenac Stadium lobby; L40 Raichu, L30 Anorith
Cipher Peon Ruby(F): Hides in Pokémon Center lower floor; L40 Raichu, L50 Regirock
Cipher Peon Sally(F): Hides in Trest's house upper floor; L40 Raichu, L50 Regice
Cipher Peon Tom(M): Runs behind Dash around the fountain; L40 Raichu, L50 Registeel
Cipher Peon Urkel(M): Ambushes any exiting person; L40 Raichu, L70 Latios
Cipher Peon Valerie(F): Ambushes entry into any building other than Pokémon Center, Pre Gym, Phenac Stadium, and mayor's house; L40 Raichu, L70 Latias

Rocket Mission:
Team Rocket Grunt(M): Guards Phenac's western gate; L40 Swalot, L40 Marowak, L30 Aipom
Team Rocket Grunt(M): Guards Phenac's eastern gate; L40 Swalot, L40 Marowak, L30 Snubbull
Team Rocket Grunt(M): Guards Phenac's southern gate; L40 Swalot, L40 Marowak, L30 Delibird
Team Rocket Grunt(F): Hides in Phenac Stadium lobby; L40 Sneasel, L40 Glalie, L32 Heracross
Team Rocket Grunt(F): Hides in Pokémon Center upper floor; L40 Magneton, L40 Claydol, L34 Porygon
Team Rocket Grunt(F): Hides in Pokémon Center lower floor; L40 Absol, L40 Beedrill, L34 Miltank
Team Rocket Grunt(F): Hides in Pre Gym lower floor; L40 Raticate, L40 Granbull, L36 Tropius
Team Rocket Grunt(F): Hides in Pre Gym upper floor; L40 Golbat, L40 Butterfree, L36 Smeargle
Team Rocket Grunt(M): Hides in Trest's house lower floor; L40 Scyther, L40 Girafarig, L38 Plusle
Team Rocket Grunt(M): Hides in Trest's house upper floor; L40 Onix, L40 Skarmory, L38 Hitmontop

Just for the record, each of the dialogue of the Snagem grunts pretending to be others is as follows:

Idc: "Where was the Cipher headquarters 5 years ago? [Trainers' City/Realgam Tower]"
Choose Realgam Tower: "Thanks for refreshing my memory. I owe you one next time."
Choose Trainers' City: "I don't think so! Let's battle!" [begin battle]

Sraie: "Of SNATTLE or GORIGAN, which one is not my direct higher-up? [Gorigan/Snattle]"
Choose Gorigan: "Correct. You may continue on."
Choose Snattle: "Sorry. SNATTLE is my direct higher-up. For that incorrect answer, you owe me a battle!" [begin battle]

Idxieri: "Can you recall who led a raid on ONBS? [Exol/Mirakle B.]"
Choose Mirakle B.: "You can't? No reason to battle a dumb kid!
Choose Exol: "You know too much! You know I can't let you live!" [begin battle]

Ennvcit: "Who is the [OOPS!] fool that sent EVICE to prison? [Eagun/Wes]"
The censored word begins with D.
Choose Eagun: "That old fart with the PIKACHU? He couldn't even throw EVICE one inch!"
Choose Wes: "Curse that WES! MEWTWO, take this smartypants out!" [begin battle]
 
Last edited:
Part 3: Other Classic Data

The Steal Crystal card can also be paired with many other Colosseum missions and their passwords.

Pair Steal Crystal with Cipher Breaks In from either Cipher/Snagem Threat or Cipher/Snagem Crisis to download the Eight Team Challenge (the Cipher/Snagem Threat version for both cards) to XD: Gale of Darkness. The challenge will occur at the Orre Colosseum, with the same rules as it has normally (so you can ignore the levels and random Pokémon limits listed in the link). Nobody is kidnapped this time around, but the event is still activated by watching TV. There are minor differences in the battles; Maxie now adds a Rapidash, Archie now adds a Poliwrath, Farlie now adds a Victreebel, Plasmae now adds a Raichu, Giovanni now adds a Metagross, and Gonzap brings his XD Orre Colosseum team to the challenge. The last five battles (one in challenge 7, the other four in challenge 8) are completely different than Colosseum's. Greevil replaces Evice, and the entire eighth challenge is replaced by a different set of four. Greevil uses his Citadark Island team. The Deep Dwellers from Colosseum are replaced by generic Chasers, and Chobin and his Robo Groudon will take Agnol's place and bring his Orre Colosseum team to the challenge.

This post contains several Cipher/Snagem Threat missions.

For Cipher/Snagem Breaks In's data, simply transmit the A version of the matching Breaks In card from either Cipher/Snagem Threat or Cipher/Snagem Crisis to the Tajiri server, followed by the followed by the universal confirmation password "C4F-4M0-Vxx", where xx denotes a two-letter version identifier; in this case XD for Gale of Darkness is the version talked about here. There are several trainers changed in the XD: Gale of Darkness version of the data. Chobin replaces Agnol, Eldes replaces Nascour, Greevil replaces Evice, and Gonzap brings a different team. (Ardos will appear in the Cipher Breaks In mission, but he won't battle.) Here are their teams:

Chobin's Team: L53 Sunflora, L53 Gyarados, L53 Scizor
Gonzap's Team: L53 Venusaur, L53 Charizard, L53 Blastoise
Eldes's Team: L53 Gengar, L53 Snorlax, L53 Tauros
Greevil's Team: L53 Manectric, L53 Starmie, L53 Altaria

Also, you can use this set of teams in a GBA game by pairing up Steal Crystal with the passwords, and using RU (Ruby), SA (Sapphire), FR (FireRed), LG (LeafGreen), or EM (Emerald) as the version identifier. Sorry, there's no way to use the Colosseum teams in XD or the XD teams in Colosseum.

For the Schemer Mission, simply transmit the A version of the the Team Cipher Schemer and Team Snagem Schemer cards from either Cipher/Snagem Threat or Cipher/Snagem Crisis to the Tajiri server, followed by the followed by the universal confirmation password "C4F-4M0-Vxx", where xx denotes a two-letter version identifier; in this case XD for Gale of Darkness is the version talked about here. The matching grunts will appear on the front lawn of Mt. Battle in XD: Gale of Darkness. There are no changes to the data.

The Peon/Grunt Mission is based on the Cipher/Snagem Crisis version of the data. Simply transmit the A version of the the Team Cipher Peon and Team Snagem Grunt cards from either Cipher/Snagem Threat or Cipher/Snagem Crisis to the Tajiri server, followed by the followed by the universal confirmation password "C4F-4M0-Vxx", where xx denotes a two-letter version identifier; in this case XD for Gale of Darkness is the version talked about here. There are two changes. In XD: Gale of Darkness, Team Rocket will put their grunts at the Cipher Key Lair since you cannot access The Under in the game; and Greevil will approach for Team Cipher instead of Evice. Nothing else is changed. This is the fully expanded version.

The Move Machine will move to any Poké Spot in XD: Gale of Darkness. To access it, simply transmit the A version of the the Team Cipher Peon and Team Snagem Grunt cards from either Cipher/Snagem Threat or Cipher/Snagem Crisis to the Tajiri server, followed by the followed by the universal confirmation password "C4F-4M0-Vxx", where xx denotes a two-letter version identifier; in this case XD for Gale of Darkness is the version talked about here. There is one change to the Move Machine in XD. Instead of Evice, Greevil's face will appear for Cipher.

Breaks-In Retro uses a team other than Cipher and Snagem. Transmit the passwords on the B version of Cipher's Realgam Tower and Snagem's Hoard House from either Cipher/Snagem Threat or Cipher/Snagem Crisis along with Steal Crystal and the password of the Breaks In card of the matching team to the Tajiri server. There is a change in Team Rocket's version of the mission: The place they hold up is the HQ Lab in XD: Gale of Darkness instead of the Realgam Tower Dome Complex.

The Mt. Battle Invasion is the Orre counterpart to the Elite Four mission. In XD: Gale of Darkness, you'll be playing with a fully expanded mission with the Cipher/Snagem Crisis version of the data. There are some differences. First off, the admins in Area 4 are Ardos and Eldes rather than Venus and Ein; and Greevil will appear on platform 40. Ardos and Eldes use their Orre Colosseum team at level 53, while Greevil will use his Citadark Island team at level 53. Also, you can use this set of teams in a GBA game by pairing up Steal Crystal with the passwords, and using RU (Ruby), SA (Sapphire), FR (FireRed), LG (LeafGreen), or EM (Emerald) as the version identifier, where Ardos and Eldes pair up and use the first 3 of their respective lineups, and Greevil will be in the induction room. Sorry, there's no way to use the Colosseum teams in XD or the XD teams in Colosseum.

The Orre Impostor Mission can be transmitted to XD: Gale of Darkness by using Steal Crystal as well as the following cards from either Cipher/Snagem Threat or Cipher/Snagem Crisis: Team Cipher Ball, Team Snagem Ball, Team Cipher Belt, Team Snagem Belt, Team Cipher Hideout, Team Snagem Hideout, Cipher Energy (II), Snagem Energy (II), Team Cipher Technical Machine 01, and Team Snagem Technical Machine 01, both I-B Energy cards. Impostors will pose as Michael and Willie, but this time, the impostor posing as Michael will be a generic impostor, unlike the one posing as Wes in Colosseum (which was Fein, who's not seen in XD: Gale of Darkness). There are slight changes to the broadcasts to remove references to a former Team Snagem member. The teams remain the same. The special knockout challenge remains intact, except it's moved to the Realgam Tower Colosseum.

The Pre Gym Challenges are transmitted by pairing Steal Crystal along with every Pokémon-ex B version from either Cipher/Snagem Threat or Pokémon Colosseum Set. They work the same as they do in Colosseum with no differences.

The Orre Slot Machine is transmitted by pairing the Steal Crystal along with all of the secret cards from either Cipher/Snagem Threat or Pokémon Colosseum Set. If using the latter, you must also use Duking's Plusle from Cipher/Snagem Threat (not the Missed Opportunities one, that has a different password), since you can't download it unless it's the bugfixed Threat version. There are some changes. First off, there's a new receptionist in one of the Realgam Tower domes that will show you to the slot machine. Secondly, the prize for Triple 7s and Triple Bars are different; the former is now the one that yields the 1,000,000 cash, while the latter wields 10 copies of TM26. Also, three of the symbols are different in XD: Gale of Darkness. What was Espeon in Colosseum is now Shadow Lugia; what was Umbreon in Colosseum is now Metagross; what was Skarmory in Colosseum is now Eevee.

There is one other mission in this section. Scott's Colosseum Mission from Colosseum is back in XD: Gale of Darkness. (This piece of data is a normal-difficulty version; a harder-difficulty version of the challenge will be unlockable in the piece of data starting in post 117.) The Frontier Brains go to Orre Colosseum in XD: Gale of Darkness, where they'll battle in a tournament similar to the Eight-Team Challenge. Everyone battles according to the rules of Orre Colosseum, which means that everyone has some new Pokémon. The new Pokémon for Noland when he chooses one of these teams will be explained in the post that has the Trainers' City-required classic missions. The new Pokémon for Noland when he chooses an Eight-Team Challenge team is explained in the XD: Gale of Darkness version of the Eight Team Challenge above. Noland can also choose a random Orre Colosseum team from the Cipher Admins in XD: Gale of Darkness. Here are the other new Pokémon for the others:

Herdes: Houndoom, Ninetales, Blaziken, Magmar
Cyrille: Ampharos, Lanturn, Raichu
Draissel: Victreebel, Bellossom
Juan: Lapras
Dartz: Heracross, Girafarig, Hariyama, Zangoose (Machoke evolves to Machamp)
Ada: Sunflora, Manectric, Whiscash (Nuzleaf evolves to Shiftry)
Janice: Magcargo, Hypno
Tucker: Latias
Chad: Seviper, Huntail, Dunsparce, Relicanth
Fiona: Altaria, Luvdisc, Lickitung (Dragonair evolves to Dragonite)
Randy: Armaldo, Mawile
Lucy: Dusclops
John: Dustox, Walrein, Beedrill, Piloswine
Barton: Medicham, Raticate, Umbreon
Clara: Tangela, Misdreavus
Greta: Dodrio
Ike: 4 additional Bug-types at random
Larry: 3 additional Steel-types at random
Leon: 2 additional Pokémon at random knowing Paralysis moves
Noland: Depends on the team; if a Gym Leader team, see post below; if an Eight-Team Challenge team, see XD changes above; if a Cipher Admin team, no changes
Beluah: Shiftry, Hitmonlee, Pelipper, Hitmontop (Lombre evolves to Ludicolo)
Crecitia: Nidoqueen, Poliwrath, Shedinja
Rodney: Absol, Pidgeot
Spenser: Suicune
Starsky: Misdreavus, Noctowl, Banette, Swellow (Haunter evolves to Gengar)
Dylan: Mantine, Quagsire, Ludicolo
Rika: Cradily, Flygon
Brandon: Regirock, Regice, Registeel
Turner: Hypno, Ledian, Masquerain, Gardevoir
Lucietta: Corsola, Blissey, Aerodactyl
Hutch: Ninetales, Skarmory
Anabel: Entei, Raikou, Latios (loses Ninetales and Altaria)

Data that involves Trainers' City starts with the next post.
 
This post contains the first part of the XD: Gale of Darkness missions for Trainers' City that lead up to the fourth battle with Miror B. (that doesn't involve someone else's Shadow Pokémon). All of this data is based on data Sunflorazumarill created for Colosseum, modified by myself for XD: Gale of Darkness (with a few new Trainers' City locales to boot).

Unlocking Trainers' City in XD: Gale of Darkness is done one of two ways. If you have it unlocked in Colosseum, transmit the password on Steal Crystal and just one card from the list below (if two cards are listed on the same line, you only need one of those two). If you haven't unlocked it in Colosseum, transmit the password on Steal Crystal and all the cards from the list below. Both transmissions are to the Tajiri server. The cards are as follows (all are B versions except Steal Crystal, not listed below):

Team Cipher and Team Snagem Schemers (Cipher/Snagem Threat)
Team Cipher and Team Snagem Balls (Cipher/Snagem Threat)
Team Cipher and Team Snagem Belts (Cipher/Snagem Threat)
Team Cipher and Team Snagem Hideouts (Cipher/Snagem Threat)
Team Cipher and Team Snagem Technical Machine 01 cards (Cipher/Snagem Threat)
Miror B. II (Colosseum Set)
Dakim II (Colosseum Set)
Venus II (Colosseum Set)
Ein II (Colosseum Set)
Nascour II (Colosseum Set)
Evice II (Colosseum Set)
Gonzap II (Colosseum Set)
Agnol II (Colosseum Set)
Fein II (Colosseum Set)

If you haven't yet unlocked it in Colosseum, if you don't have enough Memory Card space for the Trainers' City file, the transmission will fail. The file transmitted will be enabled for both Colosseum and XD: Gale of Darkness in this way. If you had already unlocked it in Colosseum, a few blocks will be added to the Trainers' City file for the XD: Gale of Darkness Trainers' City missions; the transmission will fail if you don't have enough space to expand the file.

Once the transmission is successful, you'll get an e-mail from Nett informing you about a special place in Orre where Trainers from Kanto, Johto, Hoenn, and the Orange Islands gather to partake in Pokémon battles and all sorts of activities. However, no new place appears on the map. Once you get the e-mail, talk to Duking and inquire about the place Nett mentioned. Duking will mention that an attack from an odd Pokémon cut off access to the place, known as Trainers' City, from the land, and that the only way to get there is by sea. He'll then show you some footage caught by amateur video, which shows what appears to be an odd-looking Ho-Oh creating an avalanche of rocks to block the land path Wes used to get to Trainers' City five years earlier. After the footage is shown, Duking will give you the Sea Map, which will allow you to find Trainers' City by sea. Once you have the Sea Map, you can sail to a place called Trainers' City from the Gateon Port on the Robo Kyogre. Trainers' City is a hidden area in Pokémon XD: Gale of Darkness that can only be accessed throught DS-transmitted data. (When going there, you choose from a menu to go to Citadark Island or Trainers' City when sailing Robo Kyogre from the Gateon Port. Similarly, when sailing Robo Kyogre from Citadark Island, you choose from a menu to go to Gateon Port or Trainers' City; similarly, when sailing on Robo Kyogre from Trainers' City, you choose from a menu to go to Gateon Port or Citadark Island.) Trainers' City is an amazing place with several kinds of buildings and has a Colosseum of its own in the center of the place. When you battle someone when not in a building, you'll notice that the battle area looks just like the Free Battle area from Pokémon Stadium 2 (except for the sky). There's a lot to do in Trainers' City.

There are a few changes to Trainers' City from Colosseum. First off, it was daytime in Trainers' City in Colosseum, but it's nighttime in Trainers' City in XD: Gale of Darkness, and all of the street lights are lit. Anybody who mentioned daytime as the current time of day in Colosseum will instead mention nighttime as the current time of day in XD: Gale of Darkness. Secondly, there is only one entrance to Trainers' City this time, it's the west entrance where you can reboard Robo Kyogre. The north entrance is now the new TM Shop, the east entrance is now the new Dance Hall. Where the old TM Shop was is now a History Center. Where the old Dance Hall was is now a Poké Snack shop. Differences in the Trainers' City buildings will be explained under their respective entries.

However, the first time you head to Trainers' City, you'll find out that it's been taken over by Cipher. Your first mission in Trainers' City is to send the syndicate packing. You'll notice that many familiar Pokémon Trainers are engaged in battle against Cipher Peons, Bodybuilders, Hunters, and other Cipher associated Trainers. Examples of this are Misty battling a male Cipher Peon, Brock battling a male Hunter, Erika battling a female Hunter, Lt. Surge battling a female Bodybuilder, Danny battling a female Cipher Peon, as well as several other combinations. You'll notice, blocking the doors to the Pokémon Center, TM Shop, Dance Hall, History Center, Poké Snack Shop, and Pokémon Lab, the same Hexagon Brothers that appeared at the Shadow Pokémon Lab are back again. However, they now each have one of either the Kanto starters or the Hoenn starters for a Shadow Pokémon (which is indicated in red). Here's each Brother's lineup:

Cipher Peon Resix(M): L58 Magcargo, L59 Camerupt, L60 Ludicolo, L5 Charmander; Blocks Pokémon Center
Charmander Shadow Attacks: Shadow Blitz, Shadow Wave (2 Normal Attacks)
Special Move Upon Purification: Blast Burn

Cipher Peon Greesix(M): L58 Cacturne, L59 Bellossom, L60 Breloom, L5 Bulbasaur; Blocks TM Shop
Bulbasaur Shadow Attacks: Shadow Blitz, Shadow Wave (2 Normal Attacks)
Special Move Upon Purification: Frenzy Plant

Cipher Peon Blusix(M): L58 Kingdra, L59 Seaking, L60 Metagross, L5 Squirtle; Blocks Dance Hall
Squirtle Shadow Attacks: Shadow Blitz, Shadow Wave (2 Normal Attacks)
Special Move Upon Purification: Hydro Cannon

Cipher Peon Purpsix(M): L58 Muk, L59 Weezing, L60 Tentacruel, L5 Treecko; Blocks History Center
Treecko Shadow Attacks: Shadow Blitz, Shadow Wave (2 Normal Attacks)
Special Move Upon Purification: Frenzy Plant

Cipher Peon Yellosix(M): L58 Lanturn, L59 Manectric, L60 Magneton, L5 Torchic; Blocks Poké Snack Shop
Torchic Shadow Attacks: Shadow Blitz, Shadow Wave (2 Normal Attacks)
Special Move Upon Purification: Blast Burn

Cipher Peon Browsix(M): L58 Noctowl, L59 Slaking, L60 Golbat, L5 Mudkip; Blocks Pokémon Lab
Mudkip Shadow Attacks: Shadow Blitz, Shadow Wave (2 Normal Attacks)
Special Move Upon Purification: Hydro Cannon

You'll also find several other Cipher Peons and other Trainers around the town. Here's each of their lineups. ((M) means male and (F) means female.) You'll notice that the last three Cipher Peons (Arton, Baila, and Dioge) were at Realgam Tower five years ago. You'll also notice that they'll each have a new Shadow Pokémon.

Bodybuilder Cypress(M): L53 Machamp, L52 Shiftry, L51 Lickitung, L50 Pinsir
Hunter Friela(F): L51 Venomoth, L50 Swellow, L53 Primeape, L52 Sunflora
Casual Dude Scarver(M): L52 Politoed, L50 Glalie, L51 Hariyama, L53 Kangaskhan
Chaser Helena(F): L50 Torkoal, L51 Magneton, L52 Breloom, L53 Cloyster
Worker Dougary(M): L51 Slowbro, L53 Whiscash, L52 Dewgong, L50 Pelipper
Rider Salli(F): L53 Rapidash, L50 Dodrio, L51 Tangela, L52 Walrein
Cipher Peon Jania(F): L51 Marowak, L52 Hypno, L53 Omastar
Cipher Peon Renard(M): L51 Beedrill, L52 Crawdaunt, L53 Nidoking
Cipher Peon Harietta(F): L51 Butterfree, L52 Cacturne, L53 Nidoqueen

Cipher Peon Arton(M): L51 Glalie, L52 Piloswine, L45 Slowbro
Slowbro Shadow Attacks: Shadow Rave, Shadow Hold (2 Normal Attacks)

Cipher Peon Baila(F): L51 Jumpluff, L52 Vileplume, L45 Bellossom
Bellossom Shadow Attacks: Shadow Crush, Shadow Shed (2 Normal Attacks)

Cipher Peon Dioge(M): L51 Masquerain, L52 Ariados, L45 Pelipper
Pelipper Shadow Attacks: Shadow Blitz, Shadow Down (2 Normal Attacks)

There are several areas in Trainers' City. There's the DANCE HALL, POKéMON DOJO, POKéMON CIRCUS, POKéMON LAB, GREENHOUSE, TRAINERS' HOTEL, BATTLE HALL, TM SHOP, POKéMON CENTER, TRAINERS' COLOSSEUM, HISTORY CENTER, and POKé SNACK SHOP. However, there isn't much to do in those places until Cipher leaves. However, you need to head into five of these places to refight the five Cipher Admins in order to enter the Colosseum.

If you enter the History Center, you'll see Harrison with his Blaziken. Talk to him and he'll tell you that a shady guy from the past is reading a book at the reception counter. If you go up to him, he'll be disguised as you! He'll then recognize you and you'll have to battle him. He'll reveal himself to be Fein afterwards, and explain how society shunned him when he started masquerading around as Es Cade, a previous mayor of Phenac and the identity Evice used in public, only to be discovered and forced into exile.

Shady Guy <you>(M): L55 Manectric, L56 Milotic, L57 Armaldo, L58 Exeggutor, L20 Shuckle
<you>--The name you gave the main character. Michael is the default name. The playable character in XD: Gale of Darkness is always male.
Shuckle Shadow Attacks: Shadow Sky, Shadow Down, Shadow Mist (1 Normal Attack)

If you enter the Greenhouse, you'll see Sonrisa along with her three Sunflora. Talk to her and she'll tell you that Skrub (the Cipher Peon in Colosseum with the Hitmontop) (Sonrisa refers to him as a "strange man from the past") is hiding in the back. If you go up to him, he'll recognize you and you'll have to battle him. Skrub brings a new shadow Pokémon for you to snag.

Cipher Peon Skrub(M): L55 Wobbuffet, L56 Huntail, L57 Golem, L58 Medicham, L38 Machoke
Machoke Shadow Attacks: Shadow Break, Shadow Hold (2 Normal Attacks)

If you enter the TM Shop, you'll notice Folly and Trudly (the Miror B. Peons you encountered in Pyrite Town and had roles in Phenac City five years earlier) near a display of TM's. If you head up to them, they'll recognize you and will each challenge you to a battle, Folly first, then Trudly. After fighting them, they will confess to trying to rob the TM Shop of its contents. They'll let you choose from 1 of 4 TM's that they tried to steal; TM03 (Water Pulse), TM09 (Bullet Seed), TM34 (Shock Wave), or TM50 (Overheat). Here are Folly and Trudly's teams:

Miror B. Peon Folly(M): L55 Ludicolo, L56 Exploud, L57 Slowbro, L58 Primeape, L30 Torkoal
Torkoal Shadow Attacks: Shadow Wave (3 Normal Attacks)

Miror B. Peon Trudly(M): L55 Ariados, L56 Dusclops, L57 Pidgeot, L58 Machamp, L30 Onix
Onix Shadow Attacks: Shadow Half (3 Normal Attacks)

If you enter the Trainer's Hotel, you'll notice Reath and Ferma (the Miror B. Peons that had roles in Pyrite Town five years earlier) in the main room. If you head up to them, they'll recognize you and will each challenge you to a battle, Reath first, then Ferma. After fighting them, they'll let you take one of four Evolution Stones that they managed to get; Leaf Stone, Fire Stone, Water Stone, or Thunder Stone. Here are Reath and Ferma's teams:

Miror B. Peon Reath(F): L55 Venomoth, L56 Marowak, L57 Glalie, L58 Pelipper, L20 Krabby
Krabby Shadow Attacks: Shadow Attack (3 Normal Attacks)

Miror B. Peon Ferma(F): L55 Parasect, L56 Clefable, L57 Torkoal, L58 Sharpedo, L33 Politoed
Politoed Shadow Attacks: Shadow Crush (3 Normal Attacks)

You can enter the Pokémon Center anytime you feel you need to heal your Pokémon. (Remember, you can save your progress anywhere in XD: Gale of Darkness.) However, if Cipher is still in Trainers' City, then there's a catch to the Pokémon Center. Every time you head inside, a random Cipher Peon will drop down from the ceiling and attack you. The Cipher Peon is different each time you enter the Center. After defeating the Peon, you'll be able to heal and save.

Anyway, in the Dance Hall, Pokémon Dojo, Pokémon Circus, Pokémon Lab, and Poké Snack Shop, you'll have to re-fight each of the Cipher Admins again. They have different Pokémon this time and as an added bonus, each one has new Shadow Pokémon (highlighted in red) for you to Snag. However, if you've already snagged those Pokémon from one of them, then that crime boss will have an equal number of regular Pokémon in its place (highlighted in green).

When you enter the Poké Snack Shop, head toward the counter and you'll find Duplica (the Ditto trainer from the TV show) confronting Lovrina, who has two of Duplica's Ditto in cages. If you head up to them, you'll hear Duplica say this, "Get your hands off DITTO and MINIDIT!" Lovrina will then reply, "Yeah, so right! These DITTO so will make so excellent experiments for CIPHER!" You'll then watch Duplica battle (using two more Ditto, ones named GIGADIT and TONEDIT), but lose to Lovrina (using Gardevoir and Misdreavus). After Duplica loses to her, Lovrina will notice you and it'll be your turn to face her.

Cipher Admin Lovrina(F): L61 Gorebyss, L61 Gardevoir, L62 Roselia, L62 Wobbuffet, L63 Misdreavus, L45 Luvdisc/L63 Blastoise; Win Colosseum Key Pnk
Luvdisc Shadow Attacks: Shadow Blitz, Shadow Down (2 Normal Attacks)

When you enter the Dance Hall, head towards the stage and you'll find Floreia confronting Snattle, who has Floreia's Cloyster and Lanturn in cages. If you head up to them, you'll hear Floreia say this, "What are you doing with my Pokémon?!" Snattle will then reply, "You god[OOPS!] hula dancer! I need Pokémon to do shadow Pokémon experiments!" (Censored word is E10+ level and begins with D.) You'll then watch Floreia battle (using Ludicolo and Ludicolo), but lose to Snattle (using Scizor and Castform). After Floreia loses to him, Snattle will notice you and it'll be your turn to face him.

Cipher Admin Snattle(M): L61 Metagross, L61 Quagsire, L62 Scizor, L62 Castform, L63 Gengar, L45 Spinda/L63 Miltank; Win Colosseum Key Blu
Spinda Shadow Attacks: Shadow Wave, Shadow Panic (2 Normal Attacks)

When you enter the Pokémon Dojo, head towards the center and you'll find Shingo confronting Gorigan, who has Shingo's Scizor and Heracross in cages. If you head up to them, you'll hear Shingo say this, "Let Blade and Heracross go!" Gorigan will then reply, "Yeah right! These two will make excellent Shadow Pokémon!" You'll then watch Shingo battle (using Machoke), but lose to Gorigan (using Slowking). After Shingo loses to him, Gorigan will notice you and it'll be your turn to face him.

Cipher Admin Gorigan(M): L61 Slowking, L61 Ursaring, L62 Aggron, L63 Walrein, L45 Whiscash/L62 Dugtrio, L45 Lairon/L63 Skarmory; Win Colosseum Key Red
Whiscash Shadow Attacks: Shadow Rave, Shadow Hold (2 Normal Attacks)
Lairon Shadow Attacks: Shadow Break, Shadow Sky (2 Normal Attacks)

When you enter the Pokémon Circus, head towards the stage and you'll find Trixie confronting Ardos, who has Trixie's Azumarill and Golduck in cages. If you head up to them, you'll hear Trixie say this, "I'm not letting you take Azumarill and Golduck!" Ardos will then reply, "Perhaps I can convince you to change your mind!" You'll then watch Trixie battle (using Pidgeotto), but lose to Ardos (using Kingdra). After Trixie loses to him, Ardos will notice you and it'll be your turn to face him.

Cipher Admin Ardos(M): L61 Alakazam, L61 Kingdra, L62 Heracross, L63 Sceptile, L45 Minun/L62 Ampharos, L45 Crawdaunt/L63 Shiftry; Win Colosseum Key Ylw
Minun Shadow Attacks: Shadow Crush, Shadow Hold (2 Normal Attacks)
Crawdaunt Shadow Attacks: Shadow Break, Shadow Shed (2 Normal Attacks)

When you enter the Pokémon Lab, head towards the back and you'll find Professor Oak and Professor Elm confronting Eldes, who's threatening to steal all of Oak's and Elm's research. If you head up to them, you'll hear Oak say this, "Whoever you are, our research will never be used for such a thing as Shadow Pokémon!" Eldes will then reply, "Oh, really? I believe XD002 needs a snack, which you will give to me!" You'll then watch Oak and Elm battle (using Charmeleon and Corsola), but lose to Eldes (using Snorlax and either Latios or Hypno, depending on whether or not you've snagged Latios). After Oak and Elm lose to him, Eldes will notice you and it'll be your turn to face him. After beating Eldes, Eldes will confirm that the Pokémon seen on the amateur video Duking showed you is indeed codenamed XD002.

Cipher Admin Eldes(M): L61 Ninjask, L62 Flygon, L63 Snorlax, L45 Latios/L61 Hypno, L45 Latias/L62 Altaria, L45 Masquerain/L63 Pinsir; Win Colosseum Key Grn
Latios Shadow Attacks: Shadow Bolt, Shadow Panic, Shadow Shed (1 Normal Attack)
Latias Shadow Attacks: Shadow Fire, Shadow Down, Shadow Mist (1 Normal Attack)
Masquerain Shadow Attacks: Shadow Chill, Shadow Hold, Shadow Sky (1 Normal Attack)

Once you've defeated all five Cipher Admins and have received their Colosseum Keys, you'll be able to head towards the Trainers' Colosseum in the middle of Trainers' City and unlock the door leading inside. Inside the first room, there is a Pokémon Healing Station and a PC. Heal your Pokémon and save your game there. After doing so, head through the double doors and you'll enter the Colosseum. (The double doors won't open if you haven't yet snagged XD001, a.k.a the shadow Lugia. Note that I said "snagged", it doesn't have to be purified.) After entering, you'll hear Greevil say to you "Welcome back, (your name). I'm so glad you could make it. Let's see how you handle an endurance round." You then have to fight five Cipher Peons, each using a different Pokémon type. Here are the Peons and their Pokémon:

Cipher Peon Jolteia(F): L55 Magneton, L56 Electabuzz, L57 Manectric, L58 Ampharos
Cipher Peon Riverio(M): L55 Crawdaunt, L56 Dewgong, L57 Quagsire, L58 Poliwrath
Cipher Peon Nella(F): L55 Magmar, L56 Magcargo, L57 Ninetales, L58 Camerupt
Cipher Peon Ston(M): L55 Victreebel, L56 Cradily, L57 Parasect, L58 Sceptile
Cipher Peon Tamel(F): L55 Steelix, L56 Skarmory, L57 Scizor, L58 Aggron

After defeating the Cipher Peons, you'll then notice Verich (whose other idenity we now know). He'll say, "Well, (your name), you come to Trainers' City, have you? Well I should give you a formal welcome." He'll then flip over to become Greevil and say to you, "You ruined our plans with XD001, but I'm not going to let you ruin them with XD002! I'll personally make sure of that!" At this point, the odd-looking Ho-Oh from the video, whom Greevil will introduce as XD002, will fly into the Colosseum. After snagging or beating it, you have to battle Greevil. If you still haven't snagged any of his shadow Pokémon from him, now's your chance. However, be prepared for his powerful team. Here it is:

L50 Ho-Oh
Ho-Oh Shadow Attacks: Shadow Blast, Shadow Down, Shadow Sky, Shadow Storm
Special Moves Upon Purification: Eruption, Drill Peck

Cipher Boss Greevil(M): L50 Moltres/L65 Manectric, L46 Rhydon/L65 Swellow, L50 Articuno/L65 Starmie, L46 Exeggutor/L65 Granbull, L50 Zapdos/L65 Altaria, L46 Tauros/L65 Aerodactyl
Moltres Shadow Attacks: Shadow Crush, Shadow Shed, Shadow Hold, Shadow Fire
Rhydon Shadow Attacks: Shadow Hold, Shadow Panic, Shadow Down, Shadow End
Articuno Shadow Attacks: Shadow Crush, Shadow Sky, Shadow Shed, Shadow Chill
Exeggutor Shadow Attacks: Shadow Shed, Shadow Hold, Shadow Storm, Shadow End
Zapdos Shadow Attacks: Shadow Crush, Shadow Sky, Shadow Shed, Shadow Bolt
Tauros Shadow Attacks: Shadow Crush, Shadow Sky, Shadow Shed, Shadow Hold

Once Greevil falls, you'll see a scene where Professor Oak, Professor Elm, Professor Birch, and Professor Ivy come onto the Coloseeum, along with Chief Sherles and Duking. The scene here is quite similar to the one after defeating Evice at Realgam Tower in Colosseum, with Greevil prepared to make his escape via helicopter. As his helicopter comes downward, a powerful beam of light will strike the copter, downing it. With no means of escape, Greevil gives up once again. We then notice that the blast came from Rayquaza, who's hovering over the Colosseum. Eagun then explains that, like Ho-Oh five years earlier, Rayquaza wouldn't allow something such as Shadow Pokémon to be created. Michael begins to wonder if Rayquaza intended to punish Greevil for corrupting both Lugia and Ho-Oh. It's basically similar to the first ending after defeating Evice at Realgam Tower five years earlier. Then the credits roll like they do after defeating Greevil. If you failed to snag any Shadow Pokémon (except Greevil's and those part of a Phenac mission) within Trainers' City or from certain other pieces of data, you can take a "Miror B. Peon Challenge" at Trainers' Colosseum, where you'll face Folly, Trudly, Reath, and Ferma to snag those you missed. Each of them will get a shadow Pokémon randomly from those you have yet to snag. If you snag the last one you had yet to snag and the opponent isn't Ferma, the remaining opponents will fight with no shadow Pokémon. The Miror B. Peon Challenge is only open when there's unsnagged Shadow Pokémon available to snag. If you fail to snag XD002, it goes with Greevil back to Citadark, and you can Snag it there.

Like XD001 (Lugia) before it, XD002 (Ho-Oh) cannot be purified by normal means such as cologne, battles, day care, etc. You'll have to once again have all 9 Purify Chambers at maximum tempo and then place the Ho-Oh in any of the chambers to purify it. Again, you can have other Pokémon purified at the same time, but there's one additional stipulation: You cannot purify XD001 and XD002 at the same time. (The shadow Rayquaza from the Anime mission, the one with the codename XD003, also falls under this stipulation. Basically, only one XD-series Shadow Pokémon may be purified at a time.)

After being asked to save your game and reappearing at the HQ Lab, you'll get an E-mail from Nett saying that there's some more trouble back at the Cipher Key Lair. If you head there and make your way to the room where you fought Gorigan, you'll fight each of the Cipher Peons that you've fought there before, and they'll each have a new Shadow Pokémon. (Their other Pokémon are the same ones they used before.) If you fail to snag one of them, that Pokémon can be snagged during the Miror B. Peon Challenge. Here's each Peon's new Shadow Pokémon:

Cipher Peon Humah: L43 Haunter (Shadow Attacks: Shadow Rave, Shadow Sky; 2 Normal Attacks)
Cipher Peon Gorog: L43 Ditto (Shadow Attacks: Shadow Crush; No Normal Attacks)
Cipher Peon Lok: L43 Castform (Shadow Attacks: Shadow Sky, Shadow Storm; 2 Normal Attacks)
Cipher Peon Targ: L43 Kecleon (Shadow Attacks: Shadow Blitz, Shadow Panic; 2 Normal Attacks)
Cipher Peon Snidle: L43 Vibrava (Shadow Attacks: Shadow Wave, Shadow Down; 2 Normal Attacks)
Cipher Peon Angic: L43 Granbull (Shadow Attacks: Shadow Half, Shadow Shed; 2 Normal Attacks)
Cipher Peon Smarton: L43 Vileplume (Shadow Attacks: Shadow Break, Shadow Sky; 2 Normal Attacks)
 
Last edited:
Once Cipher leaves Trainers' City, it's a good idea to return there. No need to retransmit the passwords, either, as Trainers' City will always be accessible afterwards (just as long as the Trainers' City file remains on your Memory Card). If you return, you'll notice that things are different this time however and there are new things you can do here.

DANCE HALL

Changes for XD: A new layout. Well, it's in a new building, right? Also, there are now four generic trainers, two returning Hula Dancers, one new Hula Dancer, and a new Surfer (a new class).

In the Dance Hall, you'll find Floreia dancing with both her Ludicolo. You'll also find four other trainers, including one male one, here as well. While Floreia only thanks you for when Snattle was in the Hall (giving you a new PC Box the first time, the number is 9, 10, 11, 12, or 13, depending on how many boxes there were before you got this one), the other trainers will each challenge you to a battle, making references of outsting Snattle from the Dance Hall. Here's each Dancer's team:

Hula Dancer Diana(F): L55 Peilpper, L56 Parasect, L57 Politoed
Hula Dancer Mika(F): L55 Roselia, L56 Quagsire, L57 Bellossom
Hula Dancer Celeste(F): L55 Ludicolo, L56 Exeggutor, L57 Walrein
Surfer Davey(M): L55 Venusaur, L56 Blastoise, L57 Altaria

POKéMON DOJO

Changes for XD: The trophy case has more trophies in XD: Gale of Darkness. Also, there are now four generic trainers, two returning, two new.

In the Pokémon Dojo, you'll find Shingo along with four other Trainers, including one female one, training with their Pokémon. If you walk up to Shingo, he'll thank you for helping out with the incident involving Gorigan (giving you a new PC Box the first time, the number is 9, 10, 11, 12, or 13, depending on how many boxes there were before you got this one). The other Trainers will each challenge you to a battle if you talk to them, each of them making references of your battle with Gorigan. Here's what each Trainer has:

Rider Railey(M): L55 Ninjask, L56 Fearow, L57 Jumpluff
Athlete Benjy(M): L55 Hariyama, L56 Breloom, L57 Poliwrath
Cooltrainer Wiegel(M): L55 Dugtrio, L56 Camerupt, L57 Golem
Lady Marijean(F): L55 Parasect, L56 Pinsir, L57 Dustox

POKéMON CIRCUS

Changes for XD: The stage is set up differently. Also, there are now four generic trainers, two returning Street Performers, one new Street Performer, and one new Roller Boy.

In the Pokémon Circus, you'll find Trixie performing with several Pokémon. You'll also find four trainers, three Street Performers and a Roller Boy, here as well. Trixie will thank you for helping out when Ardos tried to steal her Pokémon (giving you a new PC Box the first time, the number is 9, 10, 11, 12, or 13, depending on how many boxes there were before you got this one). Talk to any of the Street Performers or the Roller Boy, and that person will challenge you to a battle after making a reference about Ardos. Here are the Pokémon teams of each trainer:

Street Performer Lillith(F): L55 Corsola, L56 Masquerain, L57 Lanturn
Street Performer Jerica(F): L55 Mantine, L56 Jynx, L57 Whiscash
Street Performer Cathy(F): L55 Starmie, L56 Relicanth, L57 Lapras
Roller Boy Kenny(M): L55 Swampert, L56 Blastoise, L57 Feraligatr

POKéMON LAB

Changes for XD: There's a different machine than the one that was there five years ago.

Five years ago, Professor Oak, Professor Elm, Professor Birch, and Professor Ivy created a machine that helps purify Shadow Pokémon. Birch will mention that that technology eventually led to the Purify Chamber. Anyway, now, the four professors have a new machine, one intended to make new varieties of Poké Snacks. However, the professors haven't made much headway, as no new varieties of Poké Snacks have been made yet. Fifteen berries are needed to make new varieties. You'll have to give one of the professors a Cheri, Chesto, Pecha, Rawst, Aspear, Leppa, Oran, Persim, Lum, Sitrus, Figy, Wiki, Mago, Aguav, or Iapapa Berry in order to make a new Poké Snack. Those fifteen berries will each allow the creation of a new special kind of Poké Snack. Here's the new Poké Snacks you can gain:

Muscle Snack (Increases the chance of finding a male Pokémon at Poké Spots, made from Cheri Berry)
Yawn Snack (Increases the chance of the Pokémon you find falling asleep at the start of the battle, made from Chesto Berry)
Mind Snack (Increases the chance of finding a female Pokémon at Poké Spots, made from Pecha Berry)
Munch Snack (Increases the chance of finding Munchlax at Poké Spots, made from Rawst Berry)
Stench Snack (Decreases the chance of finding a rare Pokémon at Poké Spots, made from Aspear Berry)
Jewel Snack (Increases the chance of finding a rare Pokémon at Poké Spots, made from Leppa Berry)
Hold Snack (Increases the chance of finding a Pokémon with a hold item at Poké Spots, made from Oran Berry)
Freak Snack (Decreases the chance of finding Munchlax at Poké Spots, made from Persim Berry)
Shine Snack (Increases the chance of finding a shining (alternate color) Pokémon at Poké Spots, made from Lum Berry)
Tasty Snack (Increases the chance of finding a neutral-nature Pokémon at Poké Spots, made from Sitrus Berry)
Spicy Snack (Increases the chance of finding a Pokémon with an Attack-raising nature at Poké Spots, made from Figy Berry)
Dry Snack (Increases the chance of finding a Pokémon with a Sp.Atk-raising nature at Poké Spots, made from Wiki Berry)
Sweet Snack (Increases the chance of finding a Pokémon with a Speed-raising nature at Poké Spots, made from Mago Berry)
Bitter Snack (Increases the chance of finding a Pokémon with a Sp.Def-raising nature at Poké Spots, made from Aguav Berry)
Sour Snack (Increases the chance of finding a Pokémon with a Defense-raising nature at Poké Spots, made from Iapapa)

You can strategize with combinations of these special snacks. For example, using equal amounts of Muscle, Jewel, Freak, Shine, and Spicy snacks, the chances of finding a rare male shining Pokémon with an Attack-raising nature goes up and reduces the chance of a Munchlax invasion. Filling the entire Poké Spot with Jewel Snacks is an almost surefire way to get a rare Pokémon.

Once a new Poké Snack is made, you'll get the first 5 of that snack made and that Poké Snack will go on sale at the Poké Snack Shop. You can get 10 more of each Poké Snack by giving a matching berry for a Poké Snack you already made to the professors. Also, if a Munchlax eats a special snack, the Munchlax's trainer will pay you back with the same special snacks.

Also, if you create 8 new Poké Snacks, Prof. Ivy will give you a Sun Stone as a reward and put more on sale at the Poké Snack Shop. If you create all 15 new Poké Snacks, Prof. Elm will give you a Moon Stone as a reward and put more on sale at the Poké Snack Shop, and also give you a new PC Box (the number is 9, 10, 11, 12, or 13, depending on how many boxes there were before you got this one).

Finally, if you have the Ultra Trainer Challenge active, if you haven't managed to stop line number 6 said by the Ultra Trainer Exposer in the Pokémon Center, a generic scientist will appear in a far corner and talk about "nerfed Shingo Berry" strategy. Simply put, he'll explain the following points, except longer:

-In 1-on-1, if one Pokémon has used a Shingo Berry, that Pokémon will go second out of two while the opponent goes first.
-In 1-on-1, if both Pokémon have used a Shingo Berry, the first one to use one will be bumped up to first, while the other Pokémon will move second.
-In 2-on-2, if one Pokémon has used a Shingo Berry, that Pokémon will move second out of four. First, third, and fourth will be determined by the Speed stat.
-In 2-on-2, if two Pokémon have used a Shingo Berry, the first one to use one will be bumped down to third, while the second will be second to move. The first and fourth to move will be determined by the Speed stat.

POKé SNACK SHOP

Changes for XD: The place is new to Trainers' City in XD: Gale of Darkness.

In the shop, you'll be able to buy Poké Snacks created at the Pokémon Lab, as well as standard Poké Snacks and, for a change of pace, evolution stones. Poké Snacks created at the Pokémon Lab cost double (600) that of a regular Poké Snack (300). Sun Stones (4200) cost double that of Fire, Leaf, Water, and Thunderstones (2100), and Moon Stones (8400) cost double that of Sun Stones. Here's a full inventory list:

Poké Snack
Muscle Snack (if made at Pokémon Lab)
Yawn Snack (if made at Pokémon Lab)
Mind Snack (if made at Pokémon Lab)
Munch Snack (if made at Pokémon Lab)
Stench Snack (if made at Pokémon Lab)
Jewel Snack (if made at Pokémon Lab)
Hold Snack (if made at Pokémon Lab)
Freak Snack (if made at Pokémon Lab)
Shine Snack (if made at Pokémon Lab)
Tasty Snack (if made at Pokémon Lab)
Spicy Snack (if made at Pokémon Lab)
Dry Snack (if made at Pokémon Lab)
Sweet Snack (if made at Pokémon Lab)
Bitter Snack (if made at Pokémon Lab)
Sour Snack (if made at Pokémon Lab)
Fire Stone
Leaf Stone
Thunderstone
Water Stone
Moon Stone (if all 15 snacks were made at Pokémon Lab)
Sun Stone (if 8 snacks were made at Pokémon Lab)

In addition, you'll find Duplica near a shop case. Talk to her and, along with references to the battle with Lovrina, she'll reveal that this shop case is a secret door to one of Trainers' City's three Poké Spots, and then open the secret door. This Poké Spot is called the City Poké Spot, and has wild Magnemite, Slowpoke, and Snorlax, in order of rarity from most common to most rare.

HISTORY CENTER

Changes for XD: The place is new to Trainers' City in XD: Gale of Darkness.

In here, you'll find several volumes that's a chronicle to the events of Pokémon Colosseum. Each event is two volumes, for a total of 12 books in this series. One will explain the fall of Miror B., one will explain the fall of Dakim, one will explain the fall of Venus, one will explain the fall of Ein, one will explain the fall of Nascour and Evice, and one will even explain how Fein managed to pretend to be the hero who felled Cipher. These books are the most comprehensive source for data about the events of Colosseum, right down to each story detail. There are also 59 volumes (11 Kanto, 7 Sevii Island, 11 Johto, 16 Hoenn, 9 Orre, and 5 Orange Island) showcasing the histories of known Pokémon locales, ranging from Pallet Town and New Bark Town to Evergrande City and Citadark Island. There is also a bare bookshelf which can use other data to fill them with non-Pokémon volumes. There is also a checklist that lists Colosseum's Shadow Pokémon next to the bookcases, with checkmarks next to those that have been snagged as shadows so far, in any of its evolutionary forms, in XD: Gale of Darkness. (If you got the Togepi from Hordel, Togetic will be checked; if you snagged Flygon from a piece of data, Vibrava will be checked; the Pokéspot Wooper doesn't count since it wasn't shadow, and neither does the Larvitar obtained from Duking for the same reason.) Next to the leftmost bookcases, you'll find Harrsion. He'll explain that the two leftmost bookcases, which have no useful books, are secret doors to two of Trainers' City's three Poké Spots, and then opens both secret doors. The door on the left leads to the Ancient Forest Poké Spot, and has wild Relicanth, Lileep, and Anorith, in order of rarity from most common to most rare. The door on the right leads to the Ancient Sea Poké Spot, and has wild Aerodactyl, Omanyte, and Kabuto, in order of rarity from most common to most rare.

GREENHOUSE

Changes for XD: Several plants are different in XD: Gale of Darkness than they were in Colosseum.

In the Greenhouse, you'll find Sonrisa. If you have purified the Sunflora you Snagged as a Shadow Pokémon, either from Colosseum or an XD: Gale of Darkness piece of data, Sonrisa will teach it a move it can't nomally learn. She won't accept any Sunflora obtained through an e-Reader yield/DS transmission, Gameshark, or any other means. The moves you get to choose from are Flamethrower, Ice Beam, and Thunderbolt. You can only give it one, however, so choose wisely.

TRAINERS' HOTEL

Changes for XD: The lobby lighting is slightly different, the open east room serves a different purpose, and there's a different system for filling the changing room's pegs.

Unlike the Hotels in Pyrite Town and the Under, you cannot stay in the Trainers' Hotel since the receptionist will tell you that all the rooms are booked. You can still head up the staris to the rooms, however. Four of the rooms are open for you to enter, one on the west end, two on the north end, and one on the east end. In the west room is Ritchie, who'll trade you his Crawdaunt for your Cacturne. In the north room to the right is Gary, who'll trade you his Slowking for your Lanturn. The east room is a special room, where the person in the current Marathon Battle stays in when not participating in the Marathon Battle over at Realgam Tower. (If Marathon Battle is not active, or if Ritchie or Gary is the current Marathon Battle, the room is closed.)

The north room to the left is a changing room. In XD: Gale of Darkness, there are always three pegs occupied if Marathon Battle is active, or two pegs occupied if Marathon Battle is not active. One is peg 46, the second is peg 47, and the third one depends on who's in the east room (there is no third occupied peg if Marathon Battle is inactive). Here's the arrangement for the pegs:

1: Brock
2: Misty
3: Lt. Surge
4: Erika
5: Koga
6: Janine
7: <shiftable>
8: Sabrina
9: Blaine
10: Giovanni
11: Falkner
12: Bugsy
13: Whitney
14: Morty
15: Chuck
16: Jasmine
17: Pryce
18: Clair
19: Roxanne
20: Brawly
21: Wattson
22: Flannery
23: Norman
24: Winona
25: Tate & Liza
26: Wallace
27: Jason
28: Cissy
29: Danny
30: Rudy
31: Luana
32: Drake (OI)
33: Lorelei
34: Bruno
35: Agatha
36: Lance
37: Will
38: Karen
39: Sidney
40: Phoebe
41: Glacia
42: Drake (HE4)
43: Steven
44: Shingo
45: Eusine
46: Ritchie
47: Gary
48: Harrison
49: Liza
50: Sonrisa
51: Trixie
52: Electra
53: Milane
54: Luka
55: Floreia
56: Maxie (for Team Magma)
57: Archie (for Team Aqua)
58: Farlie (for Team Flora)
59: Plasmae (for Team Plasma)
60: Tyson (for Team Rocket) (I used Tyson here because I didn't want duplicate Giovanni costumes)
61: Greevil (for Team Cipher)
62: Gonzap (for Team Snagem)

The third occupied peg will belong to the one who's the current Marathon Battle, if it's enabled. If the Marathon Battle participant's costume is not 1 of the 61 preset pegs (that is, if the Marathon Battle is against I.M.M., a Final Fantasy VII character, or the Kanto Aeris), the third occupied peg will be peg 7, the peg that was infamous for always being empty in Colosseum.

BATTLE HALL

Changes for XD: The e-Reader does not work with the XD: Gale of Darkness version of any piece of Colosseum data, including the Battle Hall. DS transmission is the only way to transmit the "triples" to XD: Gale of Darkness, a transmission method that also worked with Colosseum's version of the Battle Hall (and is required for 10 of the "triples" in Colosseum). There are no changes in actual physical appearance. Anyone who mentioned the e-Reader in Colosseum will instead mention the DS in XD: Gale of Darkness.

The Battle Hall looks similar to the Pre-Gym in Phenac City. In here, you can battle various Trainers. You'll have to transmit three of the Knockaround Girls/Pokémon League Guys "triples" to get them to appear. You'll face each Trainer's entire Battle Tower team, only this time the battles are 2-on-2 and you earn experience and money. Beat all three of the set and you'll receive one Luxury Ball. Once you've beaten all three of the set, you can choose whether or not to change the Marathon Battle to one of those three trainers. The Marathon Battles are in the next post.

TM SHOP

Changes for XD: A new layout. Well, it's in a new building, right?

The TM Shop has a wide variety of TM's for you to buy. Each TM costs 5000 to buy. You can also sell TM's here that you don't need for 2500 each. Here's the TM Shop's list of TM's:

TM03 (Water Pulse)
TM08 (Bulk Up)
TM09 (Bullet Seed)
TM21 (Frustration)
TM34 (Shock Wave)
TM39 (Rock Tomb)
TM40 (Aerial Ace)
TM43 (Secret Power)
TM42 (Façade)
TM50 (Overheat)

POKéMON CENTER

Changes for XD: No change in appearance. Some dialogue tweaks from the people inside.

The Trainers' City Pokémon Center is just like the one in Phenac City. It's mainly just the place to heal your Pokémon when necessary. One person has a dialogue tweak that makes a reference to another set's DS-transmitted data, mentioning "an event somewhere that yields 1,150,000 Pokécoupon points to anyone who completes it". A different (and new) person, though, has this line: "I hear that the challenge where you can win over 1,000,000 Pokécoupon points is just a tape from five years ago." (He'll vanish if you reach battle 9 of the Ultra Trainer Challenge.) There is also a new person called the "Ultra Trainer Challenge Exposer", who will give one of the following lines concerning the Ultra Trainer challenge, the event that yields 1,150,000 Pokécoupon points:

-"The one who said it's a tape is right. They're reusing the same content from five years ago! CIPHER's changed a lot since then, why couldn't GREEVIL bother bringing his guys to at least update the tape?"
-"ERIKA's CLOYSTER is NOT to be trusted! How that plant trainer got a DIAMONDSHELL is beyond me!"
-"Trust me, SONIC BERRY is nerfed in the challenge! What good is maximum SPEED if you can't switch?!"
-"13 trainers have WHITNEYBERRY in the challenge?! Your best defense against it is to take it from them!"
-"They really nerfed PRYCE BERRY in the challenge! Now it's not guaranteed to freeze upon its use!"
-"Trust me, don't use a SHINGO BERRY in a 1-on-1 challenge! They badly nerfed it! It used to be so good, but what good is maximum power if you can't switch AND you can't get the first hit? Although hitting second out of four in 2-on-2 can come in handy."
-"A SHUCKLE might not mind, but I for one do! They nerfed JASON BERRY! Now they won't let you switch when the mind defense is up! [OOPS!] them for making JASON BERRY helpless to physical attacks!" (Censored word starts with D.)
-"Curse the challenge! They weakened AGATHA BERRY! Now physical moves can actually hit a POKéMON that used one!"
-"LUKA BERRY and TRIXIE BERRY were not meant to be similar! But the challenge weakned LUKA BERRY to be basically a WATER-type TRIXIE BERRY! A FIRE-type now can't use a LUKA BERRY to save their life!"
-"MISTY cheated in raising that MILOTIC! I swear they should ban [PO][KÉ]BLOCKS containing TIFA BERRY from the challenge!"
-"The FEEL rating of FLOREIA's MILOTIC is unacceptable! Who knew BEAUTY could hit maximum by comboing TIFA BERRY and .AERIS BERRY?!"
-"Is there any BERRY other than AERIS BERRY that raises accuracy? There isn't?! I'll kill those farmers that told me there was one!"
-"I bet that a DCHAO BERRY's some fearsome ATTACK-based berry! What? That farmer's going to get his [OOPS!] kicked for not telling me it was a CONTEST berry!" (Censored word starts with A.)
-"You know those idiots using nerfed berries in the challenge? Well, I want you to steal every single one and bring them to me!"
-"You'd think there were 600 Pokémon, but think again. There's one person who borrows another's team! Just wrong! Then there's 10 Trainers who cheat by bringing 7 Pokémon into the challenge! You can't exactly call a 100-Trainer challenge with 604 Pokémon fair, would you?"
-"The trophy costs a fortune! I bet that's why the trainers are just a tape!"
-"Why did the challenge mess with LANCE BERRY? What good is not being hit by a weakness when you can't switch out to take advantage of another opportunity?!"
-"Gaah! Why did they nerf STEVEN BERRY?! What good is setting a physical perimiter if you're just encouraging special attacks on a sitting duck?!"

Just for the record, you can get him to stop saying some of the lines. Here's a few:

-To stop line #1, participate in the Ultra Trainer Challenge and make it to the ninth platform. Since Janine will appear and not Giovanni, this will give him no reason to say the line.
-To stop line #2, show him a Diamondshell. He'll then mentioning Diamondshells not being as rare as he thought.
-To stop line #3, use a Sonic Berry in the Ultra Trainer Challenge after getting the line at least once. The guy will no longer mention the line.
-Line #4 cannot be stopped.
-To change line #5, use a Pryce Berry in the Ultra Trainer Challenge after getting the line at least once. The guy will now instead say "Careful using PRYCE BERRY. The freeze caused by that BERRY has a higher defrost rate than normal freeze."
-To stop line #6 and get rid of the generic scientist from the Pokémon Lab, use a Shingo Berry in the Ultra Trainer Challenge after getting the line at least once. The guy will no longer mention the line, and the scientist will no longer appear.
-To stop line #7, use a Jason Berry in the Ultra Trainer Challenge after getting the line at least once. The guy will no longer mention the line.
-Lines #8 and #9 cannot be stopped.
-To stop line #10, show him a Tifa Berry. He'll then remember that Tifa Berries are fair game when blending.
-To stop line #11, show him a ".Aeris Berry". He'll then remember that the blend combo is fair game.
-Line #12 cannot be stopped for now. However, a future piece of data might debut a DS-transmitted berry whose sole purpose is to raise accuracy, and you can show him that berry to stop the line.
-To stop line #13, show him a "Dchao Berry". He'll then remember that you can bring that berry into a battle even though it has no use there.
-Stoppling line #14 is a daunting task. To do it, you have to steal every single berry he has ever accused of being nerfed from every single trainer who has one and win each battle you steal a berry from. The game remembers which berries you've stolen toward this task, so you don't need to steal the same berry multiple times. Once you've managed to steal the crop, the line will be stopped.
-Line #15 cannot be stopped.
-To stop line #16, show him 4,000,000 in Orre's currency. He'll then mention you being able to buy the materials to make the trophy with the money you have, and mention the challenge holders not being as poor as he thought.
-To stop line #17, use a Lance Berry in the Ultra Trainer Challenge after getting the line at least once. The guy will no longer mention the line.
-To stop line #18, use a Steven Berry in the Ultra Trainer Challenge after getting the line at least once. The guy will no longer mention the line.

TRAINERS' COLOSSEUM

Changes for XD: Different people wait in the lobby. Also, Marathon Battle is moved to Realgam Tower in XD: Gale of Darkness.

If you go to the Trainers' Colosseum, you can partake in one of two unique challenges from the start; the Kanto/Johto Challenge, or the Hoenn Challenge. (There are more challenges unlockable in other transmitted data, such as the Cloud Challenge, the Cid Challenge, and the XD-exclusive Miror B. Peon Challenge.) Each challenge has you take on the Elite Four members from that country. (Drake from the Orange Islands makes an appearance in the Hoenn Challenge.) The rules are the same as in any other Colosseum. By winning a challenge, you receive a 60000 cash prize and a Master Ball. (You only get a Master Ball the first time you win a challenge.)

KANTO/JOHTO CHALLENGE

Elite Four Lorelei(F):
L65 Lapras – Blizzard, Hydro Pump, Psychic, Thunderbolt
L63 Glalie – Hail, Ice Beam, Crunch, Earthquake
L64 Piloswine – Blizzard, Earthquake, Rock Slide, Mist
L63 Slowking – Psychic, Ice Beam, Surf, Flamethrower
L65 Cloyster – Surf, Blizzard, Light Screen, Spikes

Elite Four Bruno(M):
L65 Machamp – Cross Chop, Earthquake, Rock Slide, Body Slam
L64 Steelix – Iron Tail, Earthquake, Rock Slide, Explosion
L64 Hitmontop – Counter, Rapid Spin, Brick Break, Triple Kick
L63 Heracross – Megahorn, Earthquake, Endure, Reversal
L64 Blaziken – Blaze Kick, Sky Uppercut, Aerial Ace, Attract

Elite Four Agatha(F):
L65 Gengar – Shadow Ball, Psychic, Sludge Bomb, Confuse Ray
L63 Dusclops – Shadow Punch, Ice Beam, Earthquake, Imprison
L64 Crobat – Sludge Bomb, Aerial Ace, Shadow Ball, Confuse Ray
L63 Sableye – Faint Attack, Shadow Ball, Rock Tomb, Fake Out
L65 Misdreavus – Shadow Ball, Psychic, Perish Song, Mean Look

Elite Four Will(M):
L65 Xatu – Psychic, Drill Peck, Giga Drain, Faint Attack
L63 Jynx – Psychic, Ice Beam, Lovely Kiss, Mean Look
L64 Medicham – Psychic, Hi Jump Kick, Rock Tomb, Thunderpunch
L63 Exeggutor – Psychic, Giga Drain, Sleep Powder, Dream Eater
L65 Gardevoir – Psychic, Thunderbolt, Will-o-Wisp, Calm Mind

Elite Four Karen(F):
L65 Umbreon – Faint Attack, Psychic, Confuse Ray, Attract
L63 Sharpedo – Crunch, Hydro Pump, Slash, Attract
L64 Houndoom – Crunch, Flamethrower, Solarbeam, Attract
L64 Cacturne – Faint Attack, Needle Arm, Spikes, Attract
L64 Mightyena – Crunch, Poison Fang, Body Slam, Attract

Elite Four Lance(M):
L70 Dragonite – Dragon Claw, Ice Beam, Thunderbolt, Hyper Beam
L69 Gyarados - Hydro Pump, Thunderbolt, Earthquake, Hyper Beam
L68 Flygon – Dragon Claw, Earthquake, Flamethrower, Aerial Ace
L69 Kingdra - Dragonbreath, Surf, Blizzard, Return
L68 Charizard – Flamethrower, Wing Attack, Dragon Claw, Iron Tail
L70 Salamence – Dragon Claw, Fire Blast, Hydro Pump, Crunch
Note: Gyarados is Shining (Red)

HOENN CHALLENGE

Elite Four Sidney(M):
L65 Mightyena – Crunch, Shadow Ball, Poison Fang, Roar
L64 Shiftry – Faint Attack, Giga Drain, Extrasensory, Razor Wind
L63 Crawdaunt – Crabhammer, Knock Off, Sludge Bomb, Guillotine
L64 Sneasel – Faint Attack, Aerial Ace, Shadow Ball, Metal Claw
L64 Absol – Faint Attack, Aerial Ace, Shadow Ball, Razor Wind

Elite Four Phoebe(F):
L65 Dusclops – Shadow Punch, Earthquake, Faint Attack, Imprison
L63 Gengar – Psychic, Thunderbolt, Shadow Ball, Sludge Bomb
L64 Gardevoir – Psychic, Thunderbolt, Shadow Ball, Will-o-Wisp
L63 Banette – Shadow Ball, Psychic, Hyper Beam, Will-o-Wisp
L65 Sableye – Shadow Ball, Psychic, Faint Attack, Attract

Elite Four Glacia(F):
L65 Walrein – Blizzard, Waterfall, Body Slam, Sheer Cold
L64 Glalie – Blizzard, Crunch, Water Pulse, Block
L63 Sneasel – Icy Wind, Faint Attack, Aerial Ace, Shadow Ball
L63 Jynx – Ice Punch, Psychic, Perish Song, Mean Look
L65 Piloswine – Ice Beam, Earthquake, Ancientpower, Light Screen

Elite Four Drake(M): (Hoenn Elite Four)
L65 Salamence – Dragon Claw, Flamethrower, Aerial Ace, Brick Break
L65 Flygon – Dragon Claw, Crunch, Rock Slide, Earthquake
L64 Altaria - Dragonbreath, Sky Attack, Ice Beam, Earthquake
L63 Kingdra - Dragonbreath, Ice Beam, Hydro Pump, Return
L63 Gyarados – Waterfall, Hidden Power, Earthquake, Dragon Dance

OI Elite Drake(M): (Orange Islands)
L70 Dragonite – Dragon Claw, Thunderbolt, Flamethrower, Wing Attack
L68 Electabuzz – Thunderbolt, Psychic, Ice Punch, Cross Chop
L69 Milotic – Hydro Pump, Dragonbreath, Ice Beam, Mirror Coat
L68 Blaziken – Overheat, Sky Uppercut, Earthquake, Rock Slide
L69 Aggron – Iron Tail, Double-Edge, Rock Slide, Earthquake
L70 Venusaur – Frenzy Plant, Sludge Bomb, Earthquake, Hidden Power

Champion Steven(M):
L70 Metagross – Psychic, Meteor Mash, Earthquake, Hyper Beam
L69 Steelix – Iron Tail, Earthquake, Rock Slide, Iron Defense
L69 Aggron – Iron Tail, Earthquake, Double-Edge, Protect
L68 Scizor – Steel Wing, Silver Wind, Wing Attack, Double Team
L68 Claydol – Psychic, Ancientpower, Explosion, Cosmic Power
L70 Tyranitar – Crunch, Rock Slide, Earthquake, Hyper Beam
Note: Steelix is Shining (Gold)
 
Last edited:
RETURN TO TEAM SNAGEM HIDEOUT

After Duking shows you the video of XD002 blocking the land route to Trainers' City, you'll get an e-mail from Secc informing you about something going on back at the Snagem Hideout. Head back to the hideout and you'll notice that there are seven Team Snagem Grunts all over the place. You need to go and fight each of these Grunts. Here's what each Team Snagem Grunt has (all but the first have a certain theme, be it a type or attack):

Team Snagem Rafleio(M): L55 Nosepass, L56 Piloswine, L57 Mawile, L58 Medicham
Team Snagem Kalu(M): L55 Sableye, L56 Hariyama, L57 Shiftry, L58 Persian
Team Snagem Limela(M): L55 Sharpedo, L56 Seviper, L57 Nidoqueen, L58 Mightyena
Team Snagem Artcele(M): L55 Electabuzz, L56 Manectric, L57 Electrode, L58 Magneton
Team Snagem Zial(M): L55 Torkoal, L56 Magcargo, L57 Camerupt, L58 Arcanine
Team Snagem Riasson(M): L55 Tropius, L56 Victreebel, L57 Parasect, L58 Cacturne
Team Snagem Xetiri(M): L55 Dewgong, L56 Cloyster, L57 Walrein, L58 Lapras
Note: These grunts are the same as in the Colosseum version of the mission. You should know their naming pattern.

Once you have defeated all seven Team Snagem Grunts, head to Gonzap's office and you'll find Gonzap there. Once you talk to him, he'll tell you that he himself lured you to the Hideout. He'll then challenge you to a battle. He uses a high-levelled team this time. He also has a Shadow Pokémon; Crobat. Use any Snagging techniques to obtain it. If you fail to Snag it here, you can Snag the Crobat during the Miror B. Peon Challenge.

Snagem Head Gonzap(M): L70 Electrode, L70 Shiftry, L70 Vileplume, L70 Whiscash, L70 Skarmory, L50 Crobat
Crobat's Shadow Attacks: Shadow Storm, Shadow Sky, Shadow Down (1 Normal Move)

REMATCH WITH MIROR B.

Once you have Snagged every DS-accessed Shadow Pokémon up to this point (all three Phenac City mission Shadow Pokémon count as well), transmit any Enigma Island Promo (from either edition) along with any admin's II Trainer card, you can perform another mission. (Unlike in Colosseum, where there were 9 Enigma Island promos incompatible with this data, there are no incompatible Enigma Island promos when transmitting to XD: Gale of Darkness.) Watch any TV and you'll hear that someone (described as a "weirdo with an afro") is attacking "a child" at the HQ Lab. Head to the HQ Lab and go into Jovi's room and you'll see Miror B. (using Ludicolo and Ludicolo) facing Jovi (using Plusle and Minun) in a battle. Miror B. will defeat Jovi, then you'll have to battle Miror B. yourself. He has a new Shadow Pokémon; Mewtwo. (This is the second Mewtwo that will enable several other pieces of DS-transmitted data.) Miror B.'s team is very strong and very tough to defeat. For Mewtwo, it's best to simply Snag it. The Master Ball you obtained from clearing one of the two Trainers' Colosseum challenges would be best. If (for some odd reason) you fail to snag Mewtwo here, you can Snag it during the Miror B. Peon Challenge. Mewtwo must be Snagged before you can enable pieces of DS-transmitted data that require it to be Snagged.

Wanderer Miror B.(M): L70 Ludicolo, L70 Ludicolo, L70 Ludicolo, L70 Ludicolo, L70 Ludicolo, L70 Mewtwo
Mewtwo Shadow Attacks: Shadow Break, Shadow Storm, Shadow Half, Shadow Hold

Once you have Snagged Mewtwo, starting then, if you head into any Colosseum other than Orre Colosseum and Trainers' Colosseum, you can take on a Knockout Challenge as usual. This time however, you'll be facing Trainers that use entirely new teams this time. While the Trainers and Pokémon you face aren't random, in each Colosseum, there are several preset lineups of three Trainers and Pokémon, and one of those lineups is randomly chosen at the start of each Knockout Challenge. (The levels, power, and evolution of the Pokémon each Trainer has still fits what you normally have in that Colosseum.) (All other patterns with the Colosseum's Trainers still apply.) After defeating those three Trainers, the Trainer you face in the Final round of the Knockout Challenge just happens to be a Gym Leader or miscallenious Trainer listed below. (The Trainer is completely random.) They each have five Pokémon with levels that average 64 and are types that fit that Gym Leader or Trainer. (These levels and Pokémon are regardless of what Colosseum you face them in.) Also, each of their Pokémon have very good movesets that make them a good challenge to defeat. Each of the final matchups has a certain percentage of being chosen. With twelve exceptions, the percentage depends on the Colosseum in both Colosseum and XD: Gale of Darkness. Here are the odds for XD: Gale of Darkness:

Block 1: Pyrite, 1 in 9; Phenac, 1 in 126; Realgam, 1 in 1134
Block 2: Pyrite, 1 in 1134; Phenac, 1 in 9; Realgam, 1 in 126
Block 3: Pyrite, 1 in 126; Phenac, 1 in 1134; Realgam, 1 in 9
Block 4: 1 in 27 regardless of Colosseum
Jason: 1 in 42 regardless of Colosseum
Aeris (Kanto): 1 in 10,710 regardless of Colosseum
In Colosseum, Phenac has the same odds as XD's Pyrite, Pyrite has the same odds as XD's Phenac, and The Under has the same odds as XD's Realgam. Noland's team selection for Colosseum's Deep Colosseum or XD's Orre Colosseum is not affected by these odds, and when Noland selects one of the teams below in XD: Gale of Darkness, Noland will get one additional Pokémon at random from the owner's theme.

Here is each Trainer and his or her Pokémon:

Block 1:
Leader Brock(M): L65 Steelix, L65 Golem, L64 Cradily, L63 Aerodactyl, L63 Swampert
Leader Misty(F): L65 Starmie, L64 Golduck, L65 Corsola, L63 Politoed, L63 Togetic
Leader Lt. Surge(M): L65 Raichu, L64 Electrode, L64 Magneton, L64 Electabuzz, L63 Lanturn
Leader Erika(F): L65 Bellossom, L64 Jumpluff, L63 Ludicolo, L64 Exeggutor, L64 Scizor
Elite Four Koga(M): L65 Venomoth, L64 Weezing, L64 Victreebel, L63 Gligar, L64 Umbreon
Leader Sabrina(F): L65 Alakazam, L64 Xatu, L63 Claydol, L64 Medicham, L64 Starmie
Leader Blaine(M): L65 Magmar, L64 Ninetales, L63 Rapidash, L64 Camerupt, L64 Rhydon
Leader Janine(F): L65 Crobat, L64 Venomoth, L64 Swalot, L64 Qwilfish, L63 Gengar
Leader Gary(M): L65 Blastoise, L65 Umbreon, L64 Alakazam, L63 Magmar, L63 Scizor
Orange Crew Cissy(F): L65 Kingdra, L65 Blastoise, L63 Mantine, L63 Quagsire, L64 Ludicolo

Block 2:
Leader Falkner(M): L65 Pidgeot, L64 Dodrio, L63 Jumpluff, L63 Masquerain, L65 Crobat
Leader Bugsy(M): L65 Scizor, L65 Heracross, L63 Beautifly, L63 Dustox, L64 Armaldo
Leader Whitney(F): L65 Miltank, L63 Delcatty, L64 Porygon2, L63 Wigglytuff, L65 Exploud
Leader Morty(M): L65 Gengar, L64 Sableye, L64 Dusclops, L63 Grumpig, L64 Noctowl
Leader Chuck(M): L65 Poliwrath, L63 Primeape, L65 Hariyama, L63 Sandslash, L64 Ursaring
Leader Jasmine(F): L65 Steelix, L63 Skarmory, L65 Aggron, L63 Claydol, L64 Ampharos
Leader Pryce(M): L65 Piloswine, L65 Dewgong, L63 Glalie, L63 Jynx, L64 Walrein
Leader Clair(M): L65 Kingdra, L65 Flygon, L64 Altaria, L63 Gyarados, L63 Lapras
Orange Crew Danny(M): L65 Nidoqueen, L64 Golem, L63 Claydol, L63 Armaldo, L65 Machamp
Orange Crew Luana(F): L65 Alakazam, L65 Marowak, L63 Xatu, L63 Breloom, L64 Gardevoir

Block 3:
Leader Roxanne(F): L65 Nosepass, L64 Golem, L63 Cradily, L64 Corsola, L64 Shuckle
Leader Brawly(M): L65 Hariyama, L65 Machamp, L63 Heracross, L63 Breloom, L64 Poliwrath
Leader Wattson(M): L65 Magneton, L65 Electrode, L64 Manectric, L63 Plusle, L63 Minun
Leader Flannery(F): L65 Torkoal, L64 Magcargo, L63 Camerupt, L64 Flareon, L64 Blaziken
Leader Norman(M): L65 Slaking, L64 Clefable, L63 Smeargle L64 Linoone, L64 Blissey
Leader Winona(F): L65 Altaria, L64 Pelipper, L63 Tropius, L63 Xatu, L65 Pidgeot
Leader Tate & Liza(F/F): L65 Lunatone, L65 Solrock, L63 Xatu, L63 Hypno, L64 Gardevoir
Leader Wallace(M): L65 Milotic, L63 Lanturn, L63 Quagsire, L64 Walrein, L65 Feraligatr
Orange Crew Rudy(M): L65 Electabuzz, L63 Exeggutor, L63 Manectric, L64 Flygon, L65 Ampharos
[PK][MN] Trainer Harrison(M): L65 Blaziken, L63 Sneasel, L64 Steelix, L63 Hypno, L65 Slaking

Block 4:
Charizard Tamer Liza(F): L65 Charizard, L65 Typhlosion, L63 Torkoal, L63 Magcargo, L64 Houndoom
Greenhouse Gal Sonrisa(F): L65 Sunflora, L65 Jumpluff, L63 Parasect, L63 Roselia, L64 Sceptile
Performer Trixie(F): L65 Azumarill, L65 Golduck, L63 Milotic, L63 Walrein, L64 Swampert
[PK][MN] Trainer Electra(F): L65 Raichu, L65 Manectric, L63 Lanturn, L63 Hypno, L64 Girafarig
[PK][MN] Trainer Milane(F): L65 Meganium, L64 Shiftry, L63 Exeggutor, L64 Jumpluff, L64 Vileplume
Seafarer Luka(F): L65 Gyarados, L65 Mantine, L63 Huntail, L63 Gorebyss, L64 Lanturn
Dojo Master Shingo(M): L65 Scizor, L65 Machamp, L63 Heracross, L63 Medicham, L64 Nidoking
Mysteryman Eusine(M): L65 Alakazam, L65 Espeon, L64 Xatu, L63 Jynx, L63 Starmie
Hula Dancer Floreia(F): L65 Ludicolo, L64 Lanturn, L64 Cloyster, L63 Victreebel L64 Bellossom
[PK][MN] Trainer Ritchie(M): L65 Raichu, L65 Charizard, L63 Armaldo, L63 Claydol, L64 Crawdaunt

Nonblock Trainers:
Leader Jason(M): L65 Tropius, L63 Cacturne, L65 Vileplume, L63 Cradily, L64 Sceptile
Leader Aeris(F): L65 Clefable, L65 Wigglytuff, L63 Furret, L63 Granbull, L64 Blissey
 
Last edited:
If you transmit the passwords of both the A and B versions of Cipher's Realgam Tower and Snagem's Hoard House from Cipher/Snagem Crisis along with Steal Crystal to the Tajiri server and connect via Wi-Fi to Pokémon XD: Gale of Darkness, you can take on a new version of the Mega Man Anniversary Collection mission in Orre. (Click here for the MMAC version of the mission.) However, only the Teams are involved when you do the mission here. Watch any TV and you'll hear that criminal activity has increased dramatically in Orre, especially in Trainers' City. In fact, Trainers' City is on lockdown and if you try to go there aboard Robo Kyogre, you'll get a message telling you it's locked up. You need to first unlock it. The first four Teams have taken residence in four places in Orre, and you have to defeat each of them in order to reach Trainers' City to fight the remaining three Teams. Also, unlike in the Mega Man mission, you get to use your own Pokémon. Here's where each Team is located:

Magma: S.S. Libra
Aqua: Gateon Port
Flora: HQ Lab
Plasma: Citadark Island
Cipher: Trainers' City (Greenhouse and Poké Snack Shop)
Snagem: Trainers' City (Battle Hall and History Center)
Rocket: Trainers' City (Pokémon Lab and Pokémon Center)

Further Description 1: You have to defeat Team Aqua at Gateon Port before you can head to the HQ Lab and defeat Team Flora. You'll fight each of the Team Aqua Grunts somewhere in the area. At the exit leading to the map, you'll find Aqua Admin Matt blocking the way. After defeating him, you'll be able to head to the HQ Lab and fight each of the Team Flora Grunts as you make your way to the room with the Purify Chamber, where both Flora Admins are waiting for you. After defeating them, you'll find KRANE MEMO 97 in front of the Purify Chamber. KRANE MEMO 97 describes a dark computer energy found from two meteors that crashed to Earth. (In case you don't know, the file describes the Evil Energy from Mega Man 8.)

Further Description 2: You have to defeat Team Aqua at Gateon Port before you can head to Citadark Island and defeat Team Plasma. You'll fight each of the Team Aqua Grunts somewhere in the area. At Robo Kyogre's dock, you'll find Aqua Admin Shelly blocking Robo Kyogre. After defeating her, you'll be able to sail to Citadark Island (but not Trainers' City) aboard Robo Kyogre. On Citadark Island, you'll fight each of the Team Plasma Grunts as you make your way to the room where you fought Eldes. In said room, you'll find both Plasma Admins waiting for you. After defeating them, you'll find KRANE MEMO 98, the one that tells about a mysterious red robot being made by a certain scientist. (The file vaguely describes the construction of Zero by Dr. Wily.)

Further Description 3: You have to defeat Team Magma at S.S. Libra sometime during the first part of the campaign before you can regain access to Trainers' City. The Team Magma Grunts appear in the middle of the puzzles, while both Magma Admins appear on the deck where you first encountered Bonsly. After defeating them, you'll find the MEGAPEDIA. If you take the MEGAPEDIA, which is 31 volumes, to Trainers' City's History Center once the city is fully open again, you'll be able to read information about every robot, Maverick, battle chip, person, etc. in the Mega Man series, be it Mega Man 1 or Mega Man X8. The MEGAPEDIA will go on the bookshelf that starts out empty in the History Center.

Further Description 4: After obtaining both KRANE MEMOs and the MEGAPEDIA, you'll find out the Trainers' City has been unlocked. Head there and you'll find out that the city looks very deserted. You'll also discover that Trainers' Colosseum has been locked again. To unlock it, you'll have to head to six buildings (Greenhouse, Poké Snack Shop, Battle Hall, History Center, Pokémon Lab, and Pokémon Center), in each of those buildings, you'll fight four Grunts of whatever team is found there. After defeating them, a high-ranking member (Ardos in the Greenhouse, Eldes in the Poké Snack Shop, Chobin in the Battle Hall, Zook in the History Center, Tyson in the Pokémon Lab, and I.M.M. in the Pokémon Center) will enter and challenge you to a battle. They use the same teams as in the Mega Man mission, with their Pokémon being at L50. After defeating the high-ranking member, you'll receive an key that helps unlock Trainers' Colosseum.

Further Desription 5: Once all six keys have been obtained, head to Trainers' Colosseum and head into the Colosseum. In there, you'll find each of the Team Leaders waiting for you. You'll have to fight them in the same order you did in the Mega Man mission, with each of their Pokémon at L60. Once they are taken down, you'll get the same ending and credits you get after completing the XD: Gale of Darkness version of the Plasma/Rocket Ambitions Colosseum mission. Also, when taking on the Grunts, their Pokémon are at L40, the first and fifth Grunts each will have a second Pokémon that goes along with their first, the second through fourth grunts will be in the place where the first is, the sixth through eighth grunts will be in the place where the fifth is, and the building with the fifth grunt will be locked until you defeat the fourth. Here's what Pokémon each of those Grunts have:

1st Grunt (Greenhouse, Battle Hall, or Pokémon Lab)
Magma: L40 Numel, L40 Poochyena
Aqua: L40 Carvanha, L40 Poochyena
Flora: L40 Cacnea, L40 Poochyena
Plasma: L40 Electrike, L40 Poochyena
Cipher: L40 Slowpoke, L40 Spoink
Snagem: L40 Swinub, L40 Sandshrew
Rocket: L40 Grimer, L40 Koffing

5th Grunt (Poké Snack Shop, History Center, or Pokémon Center)
Magma: L40 Camerupt, L40 Sandslash
Aqua: L40 Sharpedo, L40 Corsola
Flora: L40 Cacturne, L40 Roselia
Plasma: L40 Manectric, L40 Grumpig
Cipher: L40 Mr. Mime, L40 Misdreavus
Snagem: L40 Nosepass, L40 Gligar
Rocket: L40 Absol, L40 Seviper

For the prizes, after completing the mission in XD: Gale of Darkness, you'll reappear in the HQ Lab and will be given these prizes:

A choice between a L5 Mew w/Psychic, Volt Tackle, Surf, and Metronome; a L5 Celebi w/Psychic, Frenzy Plant, Flamethrower, and Heal Bell; or a L5 Jirachi w/Psychic, Dragonbreath, Ice Beam, and Wish
A choice between 1 TMeX1 (Blast Burn), 1 TMeX2 (Hydro Cannon), 1 TMeX3 (Frenzy Plant), or 1 TMeX4 (Volt Tackle)
1 Master Ball
200000 Cash

Next post will have the Marathon Battles.
 
Last edited:
This piece of data outlines a ton of battles called Marathon Battles. There are two ways to get these Marathon Battles: fight that matching Trainer at Battle Hall in XD: Gale of Darkness (doesn't work in Colosseum), or by transmitting the passwords on a character's Trainer triple to the Tajiri server, followed by the confirmation password "C4F-4M0-Vxx", where xx denotes a two-letter version identifier; CO for Colosseum, or XD for XD: Gale of Darkness. If using Colosseum, the game must have Trainers' City enabled, but nothing else is required aside from obviously streaming the data to the Gamecube via a Wi-Fi connection. Unlike the Marathon Battle against I.M.M, you can unlock Marathon Battle using this piece of data. (You can still shift the Marathon Battle to the ones here even if you unlocked it in the data from the Final Fantasy VII set.)

There will be a new receptionist at the Trainers' Colosseum in Colosseum or Realgam Tower in XD: Gale of Darkness who will guide you to Marathon Battles. A Marathon Battle is a battle where you fight multiple teams of 6 Pokémon each, with all teams on one side belonging to the same person. The number of teams is usually three, but there are a few that will use four, and a few that will use only two. Anyway, to win a Marathon Battle, you have to beat all of your opponent's Pokémon before all of the Pokémon on your teams faint. If all the Pokémon in one person's team faint, that person sends out the first two Pokémon in their next team in line.

After the tutorial, you'll be asked if you wish to take part in the current Marathon Battle, which is against the person whose Trainer triple you transmitted. If you enter the Marathon Battle, you'll take your current party as your first team, then be asked to select more teams out of your PC Pokémon, up to the number of teams that character is using. Once you've confirmed your teams, the battle will begin. To change the opponent, just use data that changes the Marathon Battle to another character.

These battles are accompanied by long pieces of music, usually songs in their entirety, including lyrics if the song has them. Also, with one exception, the average level of a character's first team is 72, and always increases by 1 level for each successive team.

Anyway, here are the teams for Marathon Battle:

Leader Brock(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Ludicolo, L71 Swampert, L72 Steelix, L72 Crobat, L73 Forretress, L73 Golem
Second Team: L72 Tyranitar, L72 Sudowoodo, L73 Rhydon, L73 Aggron, L74 Omastar, L74 Kabutops
Third Team: L73 Relicanth, L73 Aerodactyl, L74 Lunatone, L74 Solrock, L75 Cradily, L75 Armaldo
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "Viridian City", full version with lyrics, from the 2.B.A. Master album.

Leader Misty(F):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Gyarados, L71 Starmie, L72 Kingdra, L72 Golduck, L73 Togetic, L73 Seaking
Second Team: L72 Luvdisc, L72 Corsola, L73 Relicanth, L73 Pelipper, L74 Quagsire, L74 Whiscash
Third Team: L73 Slowking, L73 Lanturn, L74 Sharpedo, L74 Crawdaunt, L75 Dragonite, L75 Flygon
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "Misty's Song", full version with lyrics, from the 2.B.A. Master album.

Leader Lt.Surge(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Plusle, L71 Minun, L72 Volbeat, L72 Illumise, L73 Zangoose, L73 Seviper
Second Team: L72 Mawile, L72 Skarmory, L73 Steelix, L73 Aggron, L74 Metagross, L74 Scizor
Third Team: L73 Manectric, L73 Ampharos, L74 Electrode, L74 Magneton, L75 Electabuzz, L75 Raichu
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "You Can Do It (If You Really Try)", full version with lyrics, from the 2.B.A. Master album.

Leader Erika(F):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Tropius, L71 Bellossom, L72 Ludicolo, L72 Cradily, L73 Exploud, L73 Sceptile
Second Team: L72 Sunflora, L72 Jumpluff, L73 Victreebel, L73 Breloom, L74 Tangela, L74 Meganium
Third Team: L73 Vileplume, L73 Gardevoir, L74 Tangela, L74 Parasect, L75 Beautifly, L75 Venusaur
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "What Kind of Pokémon are You?", full version with lyrics, from the 2.B.A. Master album.

Elite Four Koga(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Weezing, L71 Muk, L72 Tentacruel, L72 Crobat, L73 Electrode, L73 Venomoth
Second Team: L72 Forretress, L72 Ariados, L73 Vileplume, L73 Victreebel, L74 Qwilfish, L74 Swalot
Third Team: L73 Zangoose, L73 Seviper, L74 Raticate, L74 Arbok, L75 Nidoking, L75 Nidoqueen
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "Pokérap", full version with lyrics, from the 2.B.A. Master album.

Leader Janine(F):
Teams: 2
First Team: L71 Ariados, L71 Vileplume, L72 Tentacruel, L72 Weezing, L73 Crobat, L73 Venomoth
Second Team: L72 Dugtrio, L72 Zangoose, L73 Jolteon, L73 Aerodactyl, L74 Electrode, L74 Ninjask
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "Pokérap GS", full version with lyrics, from the Totally Pokémon album.

Leader Sabrina(F):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Venomoth, L71 Jynx, L72 Slowbro, L72 Mr. Mime, L73 Hypno, L73 Alakazam
Second Team: L72 Unown , L72 Wobbuffet, L73 Ariados, L73 Slowking, L74 Xatu, L74 Espeon
Third Team: L73 Claydol, L73 Metagross, L74 Lunatone, L74 Solrock, L75 Medicham, L75 Gardevoir
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "Everything Changes", full version with lyrics, from the 2.B.A. Master album.

Leader Blaine(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Rapidash, L71 Magmar, L72 Ninetales, L72 Arcanine, L73 Flareon, L73 Charizard
Second Team: L72 Kingdra, L72 Magcargo, L73 Houndoom, L73 Camerupt, L74 Blaziken, L74 Typhlosion
Third Team: L73 Dragonite, L73 Altaria, L74 Flygon, L74 Exploud, L75 Granbull, L75 Primeape
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "My Best Friends", full version with lyrics, from the 2.B.A. Master album.

[PK][MN] Researcher Giovanni(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Persian, L71 Rhydon, L72 Sandslash, L72 Dugtrio, L73 Nidoqueen, L73 Nidoking
Second Team: L72 Golem, L72 Steelix, L73 Quagsire, L73 Gligar, L74 Piloswine, L74 Camerupt
Third Team: L73 Claydol, L73 Whiscash, L74 Swampert, L74 Shedinja, L75 Tyranitar, L75 Flygon
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "Double Trouble", full version with lyrics, from the 2.B.A. Master album.

Leader Aeris(F): (Kanto)
Teams: 4
First Team: L48 Persian, L48 Lickitung, L49 Porygon2, L49 Clefable, L50 Wigglytuff, L50 Raticate
Second Team: L49 Pidgeot, L49 Fearow, L50 Farfetch'd, L50 Girafarig, L51 Noctowl, L51 Swellow
Third Team: L50 Furret, L50 Granbull, L51 Togetic, L51 Dodrio, L52 Blissey, L52 Kangaskhan
Fourth Team: L51 Tauros, L51 Miltank, L52 Ditto, L52 Snorlax, L53 Aipom, L53 Dunsparce
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "Soda Pop", full version with lyrics, from the Pokémon: The First Movie soundtrack.

Leader Falkner(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Skarmory, L71 Gligar, L72 Jumpluff, L72 Mantine, L73 Pidgeot, L73 Fearow
Second Team: L72 Charizard, L72 Delibird, L73 Crobat, L73 Xatu, L74 Noctowl, L74 Dodrio
Third Team: L73 Ledian, L73 Aerodactyl, L74 Altaria, L74 Murkrow, L75 Tropius, L75 Farfetch'd

Leader Bugsy(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Ledian, L71 Venomoth, L72 Butterfree, L72 Beedrill, L73 Ariados, L73 Scizor
Second Team: L72 Parasect, L72 Masquerain, L73 Volbeat, L73 Illumise, L74 Heracross, L74 Ninjask
Third Team: L73 Shuckle, L73 Shedinja, L74 Forretress, L74 Armaldo, L75 Beautifly, L75 Dustox

Leader Whitney(F):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Nidoqueen, L71 Blissey, L72 Stantler, L72 Smeargle, L73 Miltank, L73 Clefable
Second Team: L72 Ursaring, L72 Linoone, L73 Slaking, L73 Exploud, L74 Delcatty, L74 Spinda
Third Team: L73 Altaria, L73 Zangoose, L74 Castform, L74 Kecleon, L75 Wigglytuff, L75 Pidgeot
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "Song of Jigglypuff", full version with lyrics, from the Totally Pokémon album.

Leader Morty(M):
Teams: 2
First Team: L71 Hypno, L71 Xatu, L72 Medicham, L72 Shedinja, L73 Misdreavus, L73 Gengar
Second Team: L72 Umbreon, L72 Houndoom, L73 Absol, L73 Sableye, L74 Banette, L74 Dusclops

Leader Chuck(M):
Teams: 2
First Team: L71 Hariyama, L71 Breloom, L72 Machamp, L72 Medicham, L73 Primeape, L73 Poliwrath
Second Team: L72 Hitmonlee, L72 Heracross, L73 Hitmonchan, L73 Blaziken, L74 Hitmontop, L74 Zangoose

Leader Jasmine(F):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Plusle, L71 Minun, L72 Raichu, L72 Electabuzz, L73 Steelix, L73 Magneton
Second Team: L72 Forretress, L72 Scizor, L73 Volbeat, L73 Illumise, L74 Mawile, L74 Registeel
Third Team: L73 Manectric, L73 Lanturn, L74 Metagross, L74 Aggron, L75 Skarmory, L75 Jirachi
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "He Drives Me Crazy", full version with lyrics, from the Totally Pokémon album. The song selection isn't final and is subject to change.

Leader Pryce(M):
Teams: 2
First Team: L71 Cloyster, L71 Walrein, L72 Lapras, L72 Jynx, L73 Dewgong, L73 Piloswine
Second Team: L72 Sneasel, L72 Delibird, L73 Corsola, L73 Glalie, L74 Regice, L74 Articuno

Leader Clair(F):
Teams: 2
First Team: L71 Flygon, L71 Salamence, L72 Charizard, L72 Sceptile, L73 Dragonite, L73 Kingdra
Second Team: L72 Altaria, L72 Gyarados, L73 Arbok, L73 Seviper, L73 Milotic, L73 Aerodactyl
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "Two Perfect Girls", full version with lyrics, from the Totally Pokémon album. The song selection isn't final and is subject to change.

Leader Roxanne(F):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Omastar, L71 Kabutops, L72 Aerodactyl, L72 Sudowoodo, L73 Golem, L73 Nosepass
Second Team: L72 Steelix, L72 Shuckle, L73 Magcargo, L73 Corsola, L74 Marowak, L74 Swampert
Third Team: L73 Donphan, L73 Rhydon, L74 Ninjask, L74 Shedinja, L75 Groudon, L75 Regirock

Leader Brawly(M):
Teams: 2
First Team: L71 Hitmontop, L71 Medicham, L72 Hitmonlee, L72 Hitmonchan, L73 Machamp, L73 Hariyama
Second Team: L72 Breloom, L72 Heracross, L73 Primeape, L73 Poliwrath, L74 Blaziken, L74 Umbreon

Leader Wattson(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Ampharos, L71 Raichu, L72 Manectric, L72 Lanturn, L73 Magneton, L73 Electrode
Second Team: L72 Volbeat, L72 Illumise, L73 Plusle, L73 Minun, L74 Electabuzz, L74 Zapdos
Third Team: L73 Aggron, L73 Metagross, L74 Mawile, L74 Scizor, L75 Steelix, L75 Skarmory

Leader Flannery(F):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Rapidash, L71 Magmar, L72 Camerupt, L72 Torkoal, L73 Magcargo, L73 Entei
Second Team: L72 Ninetales, L72 Blaziken, L73 Flareon, L73 Typhlosion, L74 Moltres, L74 Charizard
Third Team: L73 Arcanine, L73 Houndoom, L74 Altaria, L74 Salamence, L75 Flygon, L75 Ho-Oh

Leader Norman(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Kangaskhan, L71 Blissey, L72 Spinda, L72 Linoone, L73 Tauros, L73 Slaking
Second Team: L72 Clefable, L72 Wigglytuff, L73 Persian, L73 Porygon2, L74 Raticate, L74 Girafarig
Third Team: L73 Aipom, L73 Dunsparce, L74 Zangoose, L74 Delcatty, L75 Granbull, L75 Exploud

Leader Winona(F):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Tropius, L71 Noctowl, L72 Skarmory, L72 Dragonite, L73 Swellow, L73 Altaria
Second Team: L72 Fearow, L72 Pidgeot, L73 Gligar, L73 Butterfree, L74 Pelipper, L74 Dragonite
Third Team: L73 Articuno, L73 Beautifly, L74 Zapdos, L74 Aerodactyl, L75 Moltres, L75 Murkrow

Leader Tate&Liza(F/F):
Teams: 4
First Team: L71 Hypno, L71 Mr. Mime, L72 Claydol, L72 Exeggutor, L73 Lunatone, L73 Alakazam
Second Team: L72 Slowking, L72 Medicham, L73 Xatu, L73 Starmie, L74 Solrock, L74 Gardevoir
Third Team: L73 Girafarig, L73 Chimecho, L74 Metagross, L74 Wobbuffet, L75 Espeon, L75 Jynx
Fourth Team: L74 Volbeat, L74 Illumise, L75 Plusle, L75 Minun, L76 Latios, L76 Latias

Leader Wallace(M): ("Champion Wallace" in XD: Gale of Darkness)
Teams: 4
First Team: L71 Poliwrath, L71 Walrein, L72 Luvdisc, L72 Seaking, L73 Whiscash, L73 Milotic
Second Team: L72 Wailord, L72 Gyarados, L73 Ludicolo, L73 Tentacruel, L74 Dewgong, L74 Crawdaunt
Third Team: L73 Blastoise, L73 Kingdra, L74 Feraligatr, L74 Corsola, L75 Swampert, L75 Sharpedo
Fourth Team: L74 Omastar, L74 Kabutops, L75 Mantine, L75 Relicanth, L76 Suicune, L76 Kyogre

Leader Juan(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Lapras, L71 Politoed, L72 Whiscash, L72 Walrein, L73 Crawdaunt, L73 Kingdra
Second Team: L72 Luvdisc, L72 Kingler, L73 Quagsire, L73 Octillery, L74 Vaporeon, L74 Gorebyss
Third Team: L73 Slowbro, L73 Golduck, L74 Lanturn, L74 Mantine, L75 Pelipper, L75 Wailord

Leader Jason(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Parasect, L71 Exeggutor, L72 Vileplume, L72 Victreebel, L73 Venusaur, L73 Tangela
Second Team: L72 Sunflora, L72 Bellossom, L73 Ludicolo, L73 Shiftry, L74 Meganium, L74 Jumpluff
Third Team: L73 Breloom, L73 Roselia, L73 Cradily, L73 Cacturne, L74 Sceptile, L74 Tropius

Orange Crew Cissy(F):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Mantine, L71 Quagsire, L72 Walrein, L72 Sharpedo, L73 Kingdra, L73 Blastoise
Second Team: L72 Pelipper, L72 Whiscash, L73 Dewgong, L73 Crawdaunt, L74 Swampert, L74 Feraligatr
Third Team: L73 Rhydon, L73 Aggron, L74 Linoone, L74 Furret, L75 Latias, L75 Latios
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "Type: Wild", full version with lyrics, of the fifth Japanese ending theme for the Pokémon anime. (This version is the original Japanese-language version; an English-language version was produced for the Japanese audience.)

Orange Crew Danny(M):
Teams: 4
First Team: L71 Claydol, L71 Camerupt, L72 Golem, L72 Rhydon, L73 Piloswine, L73 Nidoqueen
Second Team: L72 Medicham, L72 Poliwrath, L73 Primeape, L73 Hariyama, L74 Hitmontop, L74 Machamp
Third Team: L73 Masquerain, L73 Venomoth, L74 Ledian, L74 Forretress, L75 Pinsir, L75 Scizor
Fourth Team: L74 Plusle, L74 Minun, L75 Raichu, L75 Ampharos, L76 Magneton, L76 Electrode
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "Pikachu's Winter Vacation", full version with lyrics, from the Pokémon World album.

Orange Crew Rudy(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Wailord, L71 Misdreavus, L72 Heracross, L72 Camerupt, L73 Lanturn, L73 Starmie
Second Team: L72 Breloom, L72 Altaria, L73 Aggron, L73 Girafarig, L74 Ampharos, L74 Electabuzz
Third Team: L73 Ludicolo, L73 Absol, L74 Nidoking, L74 Delibird, L75 Manectric, L75 Exeggutor
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "Riding on Lapras", full version with lyrics, of the sixth Japanese ending theme for the Pokémon anime.

Orange Crew Luana(F):
Teams: 4
First Team: L71 Xatu, L71 Mr. Mime, L72 Slowking, L72 Medicham, L73 Alakazam, L73 Marowak
Second Team: L72 Dugtrio, L72 Quagsire, L73 Sandslash, L73 Flygon, L74 Golem, L74 Jynx
Third Team: L73 Steelix, L73 Rhydon, L74 Camerupt, L74 Gligar, L75 Piloswine, L75 Whiscash
Fourth Team: L74 Lunatone, L74 Solrock, L75 Exeggutor, L75 Girafarig, L76 Gardevoir, L76 Starmie
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "The Time Has Come (Pikachu's Goodbye)", full version with lyrics, from the 2.B.A. Master album.

OI Elite Drake(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Ditto, L71 Steelix, L72 Gengar, L72 Venusaur, L73 Electabuzz, L73 Dragonite
Second Team: L72 Magmar, L72 Azumarill, L73 Piloswine, L73 Heracross, L74 Qwilfish, L74 Xatu
Third Team: L73 Armaldo, L73 Mightyena, L74 Aggron, L74 Sableye, L75 Zangoose, L75 Seviper
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "Pokémon Theme", full version with lyrics, from the 2.B.A. Master album.

Elite Four Lorelei(F):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Dewgong, L71 Cloyster, L72 Slowbro, L72 Piloswine, L73 Jynx, L73 Lapras
Second Team: L72 Politoed, L72 Walrein, L73 Delibird, L73 Sneasel, L74 Glalie, L74 Articuno
Third Team: L73 Starmie, L73 Slowking, L74 Huntail, L74 Gorebyss, L75 Lanturn, L75 Regice
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "Pokémon (Dance Mix)", full version with lyrics, from the 2.B.A. Master album.

Elite Four Bruno(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Hitmonlee, L71 Primeape, L72 Hitmonchan, L72 Steelix, L73 Hitmontop, L73 Machamp
Second Team: L72 Hariyama, L72 Medicham, L73 Poliwrath, L73 Breloom, L74 Blaziken, L74 Heracross
Third Team: L73 Omastar, L73 Kabutops, L74 Cradily, L74 Armaldo, L75 Relicanth, L75 Aerodactyl

Elite Four Agatha(F):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Tentacruel, L71 Qwilfish, L72 Misdreavus, L72 Arbok, L73 Crobat, L73 Gengar
Second Team: L72 Arbok, L72 Seviper, L73 Nidoking, L73 Nidoqueen, L74 Vileplume, L74 Victreebel
Third Team: L73 Venomoth, L73 Ariados, L74 Shedinja, L74 Sableye, L75 Dusclops, L75 Banette

Elite Four Will(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Gardevoir, L71 Medicham, L72 Xatu, L72 Slowbro, L73 Exeggutor, L73 Jynx
Second Team: L72 Grumpig, L72 Claydol, L73 Espeon, L73 Slowking, L74 Alakazam, L74 Mr. Mime
Third Team: L73 Lunatone, L73 Solrock, L74 Chimecho, L74 Wobbuffet, L75 Starmie, L75 Metagross

Elite Four Karen(F):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Vileplume, L71 Gengar, L72 Absol, L72 Murkrow, L73 Houndoom, L73 Umbreon
Second Team: L72 Mightyena, L72 Sableye, L73 Sneasel, L73 Tyranitar, L74 Shiftry, L74 Cacturne
Third Team: L73 Sharpedo, L73 Crawdaunt, L74 Misdreavus, L74 Shedinja, L75 Exeggutor, L75 Sunflora

Elite Four Lance(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Charizard, L71 Salamence, L72 Kingdra, L72 Gyarados, L73 Aerodactyl, L73 Dragonite
Second Team: L72 Scepile, L72 Milotic, L73 Altaria, L73 Flygon, L74 Latias, L74 Latios
Third Team: L73 Lapras, L73 Tyranitar, L74 Seviper, L74 Arbok, L75 Metagross, L75 Rayquaza
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "2.B.A. Master", full version with lyrics, from the 2.B.A. Master album.

Elite Four Sidney(M):
Teams: 2
First Team: L71 Mightyena, L71 Absol, L72 Shiftry, L72 Cacturne, L73 Crawdaunt, L73 Sharpedo
Second Team: L72 Tyranitar, L72 Umbreon, L73 Sableye, L73 Seviper, L74 Sneasel, L74 Houndoom

Elite Four Phoebe(F):
Teams: 2
First Team: L71 Gengar, L71 Misdreavus, L72 Shedinja, L72 Sableye, L73 Banette, L73 Dusclops
Second Team: L72 Alakazam, L72 Gardevoir, L73 Slowbro, L73 Slowking, L74 Medicham, L74 Girafarig

Elite Four Glacia(F):
Teams: 2
First Team: L71 Dewgong, L71 Cloyster, L72 Piloswine, L72 Jynx, L73 Walrein, L73 Glalie
Second Team: L72 Lapras, L72 Delibird, L73 Sneasel, L73 Crawdaunt, L74 Articuno, L74 Regice

Elite Four Drake(M):
Teams: 2
First Team: L71 Sceptile, L71 Dragonite, L72 Altaria, L72 Kingdra, L73 Flygon, L73 Salamence
Second Team: L72 Arbok, L72 Seviper, L73 Latios, L73 Latias, L74 Charizard, L74 Rayquaza

Champion Steven(M): ("[PK][MN] Trainer Steven" in XD: Gale of Darkness)
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Claydol, L71 Aggron, L72 Cradily, L72 Armaldo, L73 Skarmory, L73 Metagross
Second Team: L72 Magneton, L72 Electrode, L73 Forretress, L73 Scizor, L74 Steelix, L74 Mawile
Third Team: L73 Shuckle, L73 Corsola, L74 Magcargo, L74 Aerodactyl, L75 Registeel, L75 Jirachi

Charizard Tamer Liza(F):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Ninetales, L71 Arcanine, L72 Rapidash, L72 Magmar, L73 Dragonite, L73 Charizard
Second Team: L72 Houndoom, L72 Magcargo, L73 Flareon, L73 Typhlosion, L74 Kingdra, L74 Entei
Third Team: L73 Camerupt, L73 Blaziken, L74 Torkoal, L74 Altaria, L75 Flygon, L75 Groudon

Greenhouse Gal Sonrisa(F):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Parasect, L71 Tangela, L72 Vileplume, L72 Victreebel, L73 Venusaur, L73 Sunflora
Second Team: L72 Jumpluff, L72 Meganium, L73 Ludicolo, L73 Shiftry, L74 Breloom, L74 Roselia
Third Team: L73 Cradily, L73 Sceptile, L74 Cacturne, L74 Tropius, L75 Ledian, L75 Celebi

Performer Trixie(F):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Tentacruel, L71 Poliwrath, L72 Dewgong, L72 Blastoise, L73 Azumarill, L73 Golduck
Second Team: L72 Slowbro, L72 Slowking, L73 Lanturn, L73 Feraligatr, L74 Octillery, L74 Quagsire
Third Team: L73 Pelipper, L73 Ludicolo, L74 Sharpedo, L74 Swampert, L75 Masquerain, L75 Kyogre

[PK][MN] Trainer Electra(F):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Magneton, L71 Electrode, L72 Mr. Mime, L72 Espeon, L73 Raichu, L73 Electabuzz
Second Team: L72 Lanturn, L72 Ampharos, L73 Xatu, L73 Slowbro, L74 Jolteon, L74 Raikou
Third Team: L73 Plusle, L73 Minun, L74 Lunatone, L74 Solrock, L75 Manectric, L75 Zapdos

[PK][MN] Trainer Milane(F):
Teams: 2
First Team: L71 Venusaur, L71 Parasect, L72 Meganium, L72 Victreebel, L73 Sceptile, L73 Tropius
Second Team: L72 Ludicolo, L72 Shiftry, L73 Sunflora, L73 Jumpluff, L74 Vileplume, L74 Bellossom

Seafarer Luka(F):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Cloyster, L71 Kingler, L72 Gyarados, L72 Kingdra, L73 Seaking, L73 Lapras
Second Team: L72 Qwilfish, L72 Mantine, L73 Octillery, L73 Vaporeon, L74 Wailord, L74 Whiscash
Third Team: L73 Milotic, L73 Crawdaunt, L74 Huntail, L74 Gorebyss, L75 Relicanth, L75 Lugia

Dojo Master Shingo(M):
Teams: 2
First Team: L71 Primeape, L71 Breloom, L72 Hitmonlee, L72 Hitmonchan, L73 Heracross, L73 Machamp
Second Team: L72 Hitmontop, L72 Poliwrath, L73 Hariyama, L73 Medicham, L74 Blaziken, L74 Zangoose

Mysteryman Eusine(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Alakazam, L71 Electrode, L72 Hypno, L72 Raichu, L73 Exeggutor, L73 Magneton
Second Team: L72 Espeon, L72 Ampharos, L73 Unown [E], L73 Lanturn, L74 Girafarig, L74 Manectric
Third Team: L73 Gardevoir, L73 Manectric, L74 Lunatone, L74 Solrock, L75 Electabuzz, L75 Suicune

Hula Dancer Floreia(F):
Teams: 4
First Team: L71 Lombre, L71 Ludicolo, L72 Venusaur, L72 Blastoise, L73 Feraligatr, L73 Meganium
Second Team: L72 Victreebel, L72 Politoed, L73 Bellossom, L73 Crawdaunt, L74 Sceptile, L74 Swampert
Third Team: L73 Exeggutor, L73 Tangela, L74 Jumpluff, L74 Sunflora, L75 Roselia, L75 Cacturne
Fourth Team: L74 Golduck, L74 Starmie, L75 Corsola, L75 Mantine, L76 Pelipper, L76 Milotic

[PK][MN] Trainer Ritchie(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Crawdaunt, L71 Salamence, L72 Tyranitar, L72 Butterfree, L73 Raichu, L73 Charizard
Second Team: L72 Armaldo, L72 Xatu, L73 Swellow, L73 Pelipper, L74 Cradily, L74 Beedrill
Third Team: L73 Cacturne, L73 Flygon, L74 Metagross, L74 Ampharos, L75 Venusaur, L75 Blastoise
Note: Marathon Battle has a rule forbidding the feature trainer from using nicknames on name displays. Therefore, you won't be seeing the nicknames Ritchie has given to these Pokémon during a Marathon Battle. Ritchie will even make crude remarks against this rule using E10+-level dialogue in his intro, victory quote, defeat quote, and even in his room at the Trainers' Hotel if this Marathon Battle is the current one.
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "Together Forever", full version with lyrics, from the 2.B.A. Master album.


[PK][MN] Trainer Harrison(M):
Teams: 4
First Team: L71 Sneasel, L71 Kecleon, L72 Steelix, L72 Houndoom, L73 Hypno, L73 Blaziken
Second Team: L72 Tangela, L72 Magcargo, L73 Meganium, L73 Feraligatr, L74 Mr. Mime, L74 Swampert
Third Team: L73 Typhlosion, L73 Manectric, L74 Qwilfish, L74 Masquerain, L75 Gengar, L75 Sceptile
Fourth Team: L74 Venusaur, L74 Gardevoir, L75 Charizard, L75 Tyranitar, L76 Blastoise, L76 Dragonite
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "Master Quest", full version with lyrics, from the Pokémon Heroes: The Movie.

Leader Gary(M):
Teams: 4
First Team: L71 Pidgeot, L71 Alakazam, L72 Rhydon, L72 Arcanine, L73 Exeggutor, L73 Blastoise
Second Team: L72 Raticate, L72 Gyarados, L73 Venusaur, L73 Charizard, L74 Heracross, L74 Tyranitar
Third Team: L73 Espeon, L73 Umbreon, L74 Jolteon, L74 Vaporeon, L75 Flareon, L75 Ninetales
Fourth Team: L74 Meganium, L74 Sceptile, L75 Typhlosion, L75 Blaziken, L76 Feraligatr, L76 Swampert
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "Pokémon World", full version with lyrics, from the Pokémon World album.

You can also transmit the following trainers three at a time to the Tajiri server with the same universal confirmation password into the Marathon Battle using the following card combinations:

For Maxie transmit the passwords on Maxie and Magma Energy from Magma/Flora/Aqua Axis and Maxie II from Missed Opportunities.
For Archie, transmit the passwords on Archie and Aqua Energy from Magma/Flora/Aqua Axis and Archie II from Missed Opportunities.
For Farlie, transmit the passwords on Farlie and Flora Energy from Magma/Flora/Aqua Axis and Farlie II from Plasma/Rocket Ambitions.
For Plasmae, transmit the passwords on Plasmae, Plasmae II, and Plasma Energy (I), all from Plasma/Rocket Ambitions.
For Tyson, transmit the passwords on Giovanni, Giovanni II, and Rocket Energy (I), all from Plasma/Rocket Ambitions. Tyson fills in for Giovanni when transmitted in this way; if you want Giovanni, use his Pokémon League Guys trainer triple and his teams above.
For Snagem, transmit the passwords on Gonzap and Gonzap II, and Snagem Energy (I), all from any set such a card appears in.

Cipher's a little more difficult. There are two different transmissions, one for Colosseum, the other for XD: Gale of Darkness. Transmitting for one will temporarily cause Marathon Battle in the other to go into adjustment mode until a team compatible with both becomes the Marathon Battle. (For example, if you have Greevil as the Marathon Battle in XD: Gale of Darkness, Colosseum's Marathon Battle will be closed for adjustments. Yes, I.M.M. is considered compatible with both despite the fact that I.M.M. has one Team 4 for Colosseum and a slightly different Team 4 for XD: Gale of Darkness.) Also, the transmissions for Cipher are four cards with no universal confirmation password.
For Colosseum, transmit the passwords on Evice, Evice II, Cipher Energy (I), and Cipher Energy (II), all from either set such a card appears in.
For XD: Gale of Darkness, transmit the passwords on Greevil, Greevil II, Shadow Energy, and Shadow Cube 18.

Anyway, here are the teams for these transmissions:

Magma Leader Maxie(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Mightyena, L71 Crobat, L72 Torkoal, L72 Ninetales, L73 Camerupt, L73 Blaziken
Second Team: L72 Rapidash, L72 Arcanine, L73 Magmar, L73 Flareon, L74 Typhlosion, L74 Charizard
Third Team: L73 Houndoom, L73 Magcargo, L74 Claydol, L74 Flygon, L75 Tyranitar, L75 Groudon

Aqua Leader Archie(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Mightyena, L71 Crobat, L72 Luvdisc, L72 Golduck, L73 Sharpedo, L73 Swampert
Second Team: L72 Dewgong, L72 Starmie, L73 Jynx, L73 Vaporeon, L74 Feraligatr, L74 Blastoise
Third Team: L73 Octillery, L73 Pelipper, L74 Whiscash, L74 Kingdra, L75 Piloswine, L75 Kyogre

Flora Leader Farlie(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Mightyena, L71 Crobat, L72 Tangela, L72 Exeggutor, L73 Cacturne, L73 Sceptile
Second Team: L72 Parasect, L72 Roselia, L73 Vileplume, L73 Victreebel, L74 Meganium, L74 Venusaur
Third Team: L73 Shiftry, L73 Ludicolo, L74 Shedinja, L74 Altaria, L75 Cradily, L75 Rayquaza

Plasma Leader Plasmae(F):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Mightyena, L71 Crobat, L72 Electrode, L72 Magneton, L73 Manectric, L73 Aggron
Second Team: L72 Volbeat, L72 Illumise, L73 Electabuzz, L73 Jolteon, L74 Ampharos, L74 Raichu
Third Team: L73 Plusle, L73 Minun, L74 Claydol, L74 Salamence, L75 Skarmory, L75 Zapdos

Rocket Admin Tyson(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Mightyena, L71 Crobat, L72 Weezing, L72 Arbok, L73 Raticate, L73 Nidoking
Second Team: L72 Fearow, L72 Nidoqueen, L73 Espeon, L73 Umbreon, L74 Gligar, L74 Exploud
Third Team: L73 Seviper, L73 Zangoose, L74 Camerupt, L74 Dragonite, L75 Articuno, L75 Moltres

Cipher Head Evice(M): (Colosseum Only, Not Compatible With XD: Gale of Darkness)
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Slaking, L71 Slowking, L72 Scizor, L72 Machamp, L73 Salamence, L73 Tyranitar
Second Team: L72 Aggron, L72 Steelix, L73 Exeggutor, L73 Arcanine, L74 Blaziken, L74 Walrein
Third Team: L73 Xatu, L73 Dusclops, L74 Gardevoir, L74 Metagross, L75 Alakazam, L75 Ho-Oh

Cipher Boss Greevil(M): (XD: Gale of Darkness Only, Not Compatible With Colosseum)
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Moltres, L71 Rhydon, L72 Articuno, L72 Exeggutor, L73 Zapdos, L73 Tauros
Second Team: L72 Manectric, L72 Swellow, L73 Starmie, L73 Granbull, L74 Altaria, L74 Aerodactyl
Third Team: L73 Gengar, L73 Heracross, L74 Ninjask, L74 Hypno, L75 Flygon, L75 Lugia

Snagem Head Gonzap(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Granbull, L71 Crawdaunt, L72 Breloom, L72 Armaldo, L73 Machamp, L73 Skarmory
Second Team: L72 Blastoise, L72 Gyarados, L73 Venusaur, L73 Slaking, L74 Charizard, L74 Salamence
Third Team: L73 Tauros, L73 Heracross, L74 Scizor, L74 Dodrio, L75 Jirachi, L75 Deoxys-N
 
Last edited:
This series of posts is a listing of all events that require Trainers' City and the second shadow Mewtwo be Snagged. The first piece of data is huge, you may need a road map to find your way through it.

Transmit all of the passwords on Cipher's Articuno, Cipher's Zapdos, Cipher's Moltres, Cipher's Regirock, Cipher's Regice, Cipher's Latios, Cipher's Latias, Cipher's Lugia (a.k.a. XD001), Munchlax, Cipher's Munchlax, Agnol's Munchlax, Bonsly, Cipher's Bonsly, and Miror B.'s Bonsly from this set and any 3 Pokémon-* (choice doesn't matter, you just need 3 different ones) from FF7 Promo Set 1 to the Tajiri server, then transmit the data over Wi-Fi into Pokémon XD: Gale of Darkness. Make sure XD: Gale of Darkness has the Trainers' City save file with Miror B.'s fourth Shadow Pokémon (the second Mewtwo, the first one was available in a Phenac mission) from an earlier piece of data snagged, you'll need Trainers' City for this data. You also have to have acquired five additional PC Boxes for doing various DS-transmitted tasks, bringing the number to 13. (If you have a Trainers' City save file but you haven't snagged the second Mewtwo, you'll have to snag the second Mewtwo before doing this mission. The Shadow Pokémon in this data do not count toward the necessary requirements for the second Mewtwo because you can't snag them until you have the second Mewtwo.) (This is the XD: Gale of Darkness version of a mission from the FF7 set. The Shadow Pokémon in this data have preset shadow moves, but listing them would make this piece of data larger than it is already.)

You have to start from somewhere other than Trainers' City. Watch any TV and the report will mention an ambassador escorting people from foreign lands staying in Trainers' City to the mainland. At this point, head for Gateon Port and ride the Robo Kyogre to Trainers' City.

However, Michael won't make it to Trainers' City this time. When you choose Trainers' City, a cutscene will begin. As Robo Kyogre is sailing along, Sephiroth will jump from out of nowhere and slash Robo Kyogre's engine! Michael will demand to know why Sephiroth slashed the engine, and Sephiroth will say that he can't have the foreigners escorted to the mainland! At this point, a rigged one-on-one battle will begin. The battleground here is basically four lifeboats floating on the ocean, Michael in one, Sephiroth in one, and the Pokémon in the two others. Here is Sephiroth's one Pokémon:

Midgar Darkness Sephiroth(M): L176 Deoxys (clearly overlevelled; no, this is NOT a typo)
Evice's theme will play in this battle.

Deoxys will proceed to clean Michael's clock, there is no way for Micheal to win this battle. Once the battle is over, Sephiroth will mention a raid on the HQ Lab. Michael will ask whether his mother (Lily), Jovi, and Prof. Krane are OK, and Sephiroth will say that three Turks have managed to kidnap everyone at the HQ Lab. Then he grabs Michael and disappears into a hurricane-force wind.

With Michael gone, the scene shifts to Trainers' City. You're in control of a cursor (yes, a cursor), and the background music will become a mix of the famous Final Fantasy theme (heard at the start of every main-series Final Fantasy game). As a cursor, the only menu option available is Exit. Make your way to the Trainers' Hotel, where there's now a fifth open room. Go into the freshly-opened room to trigger a cutscene of Cloud, Tifa, and Yuffie watching TV. The report will mention the ambassador being kidnapped by an evil-looking man with an overlevelled Deoxys. (There's also a commercial that advertises the Master Ball, and "to order, call" some weird phone number. This "weird phone number" is actually your quick password that can download this data from the Tajiri server with just one password. The Wi-Fi connection between the DS and the Gamecube for this data needs to be streamed, so if you turn your DS off, you'll need to redownload the data to the DS before continuing. Quick passwords, however, make that easier.) At this point, a Hex Maniac named Rebecca enters the room. Rebecca is the one who Aeris is communicating through, and it's Aeris calling all the shots in this data. Anyway, Aeris/Rebecca suggests to Cloud that he not just stand there, but to do something! At this point, you're no longer in control of a cursor, you're instead controlling Cloud. Walk out of the room and talk to Barret. Barret will ask that you talk to either Cait Sith, Red XIII, or Vincent. You'll have to speak to one of those three people. It's this character that will give Cloud a bag with items inside and 200,000 Gil for the journey (and thus reenabling the P*DA and Item options in the menu, although Cloud doesn't have any P*DA features besides looking at the money); the others just have a plain line of dialogue. The items are Potions, Revives (the one who gives you the bag will refer to them as Phoenix Downs), and Full Heals (referred to as Remedies), and will refer you to someone else. If you spoke to Cait Sith, you'll be asked to speak to Tifa; if you spoke to Red XIII, you'll be asked to speak to Yuffie; or if you spoke to Vincent, you'll be asked to speak with "the old lady who Aeris is using to talk to us"; anyone else just speaks plain dialogue.

If Tifa's the one you speak to, Tifa will now be the one following you; same goes for Yuffie. If you were asked to talk to "the old lady", talk to Aeris/Rebecca, and you'll be asked to choose either Tifa or Yuffie. Whoever you choose will be the one following you. Once someone is following you, the Pokémon and Save options in the menu are once again enabled. Each of Cloud, Tifa, and Yuffie have their own teams of 3 Pokémon they will use in this mission as follows (they will be earning experience as they go along):

Cloud's Pokémon: L<ee> Pidgeot(F), L<te> Ursaring(M), L<lu> Snorlax(F)
Tifa's Pokémon: L<ee> Seadra(M), L<te> Kabutops(F), L<lu> Sharpedo(M)
Yuffie's Pokémon: L<ee> Mightyena(M), L<te> Nuzleaf(F), L<lu> Absol(M)
<ee> is the level of Michael's Eevee or evolution, <te> is the level of the Teddiursa Michael snagged near the start of the game (it still records if it's evolved into Ursaring), <lu> is the level of the Lugia that had been wreaking havoc over Orre. Note that, if Pidgeot (L36), Ursaring (L30), Seadra (L32), Kabutops (L40), Mightyena (L18), or Nuzleaf (L14) would be below the level they normally evolve from their previous stage at, they will instead be their pre-evolved stage. Sharpedo doesn't need to worry, since Sharpedo evolves from Carvanha at level 30 and the Lugia is level 50 when you catch it. Pidgeotto evolves from Pidgey at level 18, so if the Eevee or evolution is below that, Cloud will have a Pidgey to start with. Remember that if Michael didn't have Eevee/evolution (default L10), Teddiursa/evolution (default L11), and/or Lugia (default L50) in either party or PC, the default levels are used. Also note that the system will look at the Pokémon themselves for a species/ID match to determine the levels even if Teddiursa or Lugia is indicated by "Gone" in the Shadow Monitor.

The Pokémon arrangement is slightly different; in the menu, the left column is Cloud's Pokémon, while the right column is those belonging to Tifa or Yuffie. Cloud sends the top on his list, Tifa/Yuffie sends the top on her list, and that's how battles work in this data. Leave the hotel (thus ending the Final Fantasy theme music for the remainder of this data; going back in will play the usual music) and you'll trigger another cutscene--the city is in mass panic because of an invasion of peons in Miror B.'s pay! The scene shifts over to the TM Shop, where Miror B. leaves some instructions for the new peons on how to handle how this attack shall go. Head for either the TM Shop or the Poké Snack Shop and try to buy anything--it's here you'll find out your Gil's no good in Orre! (No, you can't leave Trainers' City right now; remember, Robo Kyogre is wrecked.) When you leave, the Miror B. Peons are everywhere over Trainers' City's outdoors. You'll have to beat every single one to continue. Here's their teams and their monetary drop:

Miror B. Peon Ashli(F): L63 Linoone, L63 Torkoal; 10,000 Gil
Miror B. Peon Charlie(M): L63 Golduck, L63 Tangela; 10,000 Gil
Miror B. Peon Emili(F): L63 Manectric, L63 Glalie; 10,000 Gil
Miror B. Peon Harold(M): L63 Primeape, L63 Swalot; 10,000 Gil
Miror B. Peon Jana(F): L63 Gligar, L63 Xatu; 10,000 Gil
Miror B. Peon Larry(M): L63 Pinsir, L63 Sudowoodo; 10,000 Gil
Miror B. Peon Nadia(F): L63 Banette, L63 Altaria; 10,000 Gil
Miror B. Peon Pablo(M): L63 Absol, L63 Mawile; 10,000 Gil
Miror B. Peon Rikku(F): L63 Armaldo, L63 Houndoom, L63 Milotic, L63 Starmie, L63 Alakazam, L63 Aggron; 50,000 Gil
The music that plays against a Miror B. Peon in this data that's not part of a knockout challenge is the theme that plays against most of the game's non-crminal trainers. And yes, these new Miror B. Peons are the same Deep Dwellers that Agnol came to town with five years ago, albeit slightly less pale.

Just for the record, getting default-level Pokémon is not advised because of the levels of these Pokémon. If you ended up with default-level Pokémon and saved your progress, the Trainers' Colosseum is open, where you can take challenges against weaker teams (there's a L5, a L15, a L30, and a L50 challenge for use just for training, these challenges close when you leave Trainers' City and give no money, all other Trainers' City challenges are closed until Michael is rescued), allowing you to raise your Pokémon.

Once all nine Miror B. Peons are defeated, Miror B. will appear and challenge you to a battle (his music is the same as in the battle at Gateon Port). He uses six L58 Ludicolo, but it may be tougher to win with unfamiliar Pokémon. Once you win, Miror B. will tell you a place where you can get your worthless Gil swapped for Orre's currency. You will be asked to go to the Phenac City Pokémon Mart, where Miror B.'s reward of 7000 in Orre's currency waits. However, Cloud and Tifa/Yuffie have no means of transportation to get to Phenac! Then, it occurs to you--Cid hasn't yet appeared! Cid is attending a performance of the Pokémon Circus. Talk to Cid and he'll arrange for his airship to transport Cloud and Tifa/Yuffie where they need to go. You can now normally train against the battlable Trainers in Trainers' City. You'll need to train (especially the Eevee- and Teddiursa-leveled Pokémon), since it can be tough further on! Once Cid's available, go to the Pokémon Center. You'll find Yuffie (if Tifa's with you) or Tifa (if Yuffie's with you), who will tell you about someone selling a PC Box at the Battle Hall. Go there and buy the PC Box from the Cooltrainer. The Cooltrainer will accept Gil, and will sell the PC box for 20,000 Gil. Once you have the PC Box, whoever tipped you off about the PC box will deposit their Pokémon into the PC into the new Box 14.

You can't use Michael's Pokémon and items since you can't access them as Cloud and Tifa/Yuffie; the only option on the PCs is to either access the box you bought (box 14, which will end up being usable by Michael), read the quick password (replaces the item option when Michael isn't around), view a certain message when selecting "Purify Chamber", or exit. The message you'll view when selecting Purify Chamber is "This feature has been disabled. Please try again later." (You won't be able to use the Purify Chamber during this piece of data, which means you'll have to purify the old-fashioned way in Agate.) Once you're ready for Cid to fly off, make sure you really are ready to leave Trainers' City, since you won't be returning until the very end of this data. Talk to Cid to bring up the map. You can't cancel your selection here and Trainers' City will not appear on it at all (any other location on lockdown will appear on the map but a message will tell you that you can't go there).

Once you're back on the map, select Phenac City. A cutscene depicting the airship flying over XD002's wreckage will play. Head for the Pokémon Mart there to convert your Gil (if you didn't lose any battles, you should have 310,000 Gil) into Orre's currency at a rate of 10 Gil to 1 of Orre's currency. Your usable total, if all went well, should be 38,000 in Orre's currency.

You have to do something in every single area of the map before you can return to Trainers' City. There are three waves of areas. The first wave is all of the familiar areas from Colosseum plus Citadark Island. The second wave is the HQ Lab, Gateon Port, Poké Spots, and S.S. Libra. The third wave is the Cipher Key Lair.

Just for the record, everyone else has left Trainers' City as well, you'll find someone familiar in almost every city.

Phenac City

Much less friendly than the Colosseum version of the mission. Phenac's portion from Colosseum got moved to Realgam, and Phenac got a new mission in XD: Gale of Darkness.

Cloud and Tifa/Yuffie can challenge the Pre Gym fresh from the start.

However, challenging Pre Gym is impossible right now, since the squad of fake Justys is back! You'll have to beat all six before you're able to challenge the Pre Gym. Here's the teams of the fake Justys, along with their true identities:

Cipher Peon Resix(M): L58 Magcargo, L59 Camerupt, L60 Arcanine
Cipher Peon Greesix(M): L58 Cacturne, L59 Bellossom, L60 Breloom
Cipher Peon Blusix(M): L58 Kingdra, L59 Seaking, L60 Metagross
Cipher Peon Purpsix(M): L58 Muk, L59 Weezing, L60 Tentacruel
Cipher Peon Yellosix(M): L58 Lanturn, L59 Manectric, L60 Magneton
Cipher Peon Browsix(M): L58 Noctowl, L59 Slaking, L60 Girafarig

When Browsix goes down in defeat, there will be a cutscene at the Cipher Key Lair of one light going off. The camera will pan down, and it shows a laser cell with Michael inside!

The Hexagon Brothers will then start chewing each other out, each one claiming it was another's fault that the remote device broke. They'll eventually force themselves out of the Pre Gym, leaving behind KRANE MEMO 30 in the process, which is a description of Cloud's level 4 limit break, Omnislash.

Realgam Tower

Much friendlier than the Colosseum version of the mission. What was at Realgam in the Colosseum version of the mission is moved, Realgam got a vast majority of Colosseum's Phenac portion.

Make your way through the dome complex into the tower itself. No, none of the games are currently active, so don't even try to play Battle CD, Battle Bingo, or Marathon Battle. You'll find Red XIII there. Red XIII'll ask you to enter a knockout challenge. Enter and you'll fight the following trainers:

Rider Ralph(M): L40 Koffing, L40 Grimer
Chaser Yoko(F): L40 Pikachu, L40 Spearow
Roller Boy Stevie(M): L40 Magnemite, L40 Mawile
Street Performer Dixie(F): L40 Sableye, L40 Shuppet, L40 Duskull

When you win, you'll get 11,000 in money and a TM24. Once you leave the Colosseum, however, you'll get jumped by Ferma and Reath! They use the same teams they used in Trainers' City, but this time they'll each choose 3 of their Pokémon and challenge you together! Here's a list of which they will use in the Multi Battle:

Miror B. Peon Reath(F): L58 Pelipper, L56 Marowak, L57 Glalie
Miror B. Peon Ferma(F): L58 Sharpedo, L56 Clefable, L57 Torkoal

If you win, there will be a cutscene at the Cipher Key Lair of one light going off. The camera will pan down, and it shows a laser cell with Michael inside!

Reath will then chew Ferma out for causing their remote device to break and leave the scene. They'll leave behind KRANE MEMO 31, which is a description of Red XIII's level 4 limit break Cosmo Memory.

Pyrite Town

The ONBS Station has what was in both Pyrite Building and Pyrite Cave in Colosseum. Two Shadow Pokémon are different from the Colosseum version.

The streets of the town look empty when Cloud and Tifa/Yuffie arrive for the first time. Talk to Duking, who has Cail staying with him, and he will say that Turks have littered Pyrite! Nett and Secc will walk in, and they'll share information with Cloud and Tifa/Yuffie concerning the Turks that they had sent to Michael's P*DA but didn't make it. The Duel Square trainers are hiding in the jail, and other trainers from outside are now indoors in various buildings, except the ONBS Station, which is currently locked. You'll find Cait Sith on the bridge to Pyrite Colosseum and will lead you into a knockout challenge. These are the trainers you'll fight:

Turk Amateur Theo(M): L45 Magnemite, L45 Magnemite
Cipher Peon Chelle(F)*: L45 Whismur, L45 Whismur
Turk Amateur Nathan(M): L45 Kirlia, L45 Kadabra
Turk Amateur Lindsey(F): L45 Hitmonlee, L45 Hitmonchan, L45 Hitmontop
*--This is a Cipher Peon that grew up in the city of Nibelheim and trained with Turks before joining Team Cipher. With the Turks in Orre, she's returning to training with the Turks.

When you win, you'll get 13,200 in money and a TM13 from the Colosseum, as well as a TM29 from Cait Sith, who will unlock the ONBS Station. You'll have to make your way through the station and fight more Turks. Here are the Turks that you'll fight in the ONBS Station (one pair of Turks challenges you together):

Turk Amateur Amanda(F): L41 Magby, L41 Magmar
Turk Amateurs Marv&Megan(M/F): L42 Smoochum, L42 Sealeo
Turk Amateur Zack(M): L41 Spheal, L41 Jynx
Turk Amateur Penny(F): L41 Elekid, L41 Electabuzz
Turk Amateur Vito(M): L41 Volbeat, L41 Illumise
Turk Amateur Ursula(F): L41 Vulpix, L41 Ninetales
Turk Amateur Benny(M): L41 Electrike, L41 Manectric
The music played against all Turk Amateurs that aren't in knockout challenges is the music played when battling a traditional Cipher Peon.

All of the chests have been restocked. Open them to obtain a total of 20 Ultra Balls and 20 Timer Balls.

When you reach the roof, you'll be jumped by a female Cipher Peon AND a male Team Snagem member! A Multi Battle will ensue!

Cipher Peon Cecelia(F): L41 Golbat, L41 Mightyena, L41 Xatu
Team Snagem Harvey(M): L41 Golbat, L41 Mightyena, L35 Jumpluff

No, you're NOT seeing things, Harvey does indeed have a shadow Jumpluff, and Michael isn't around to Snag it! You can have either Cloud or Tifa/Yuffie throw a Pokéball. They'll use a materia to turn it into a Snag Ball able to Snag the Jumpluff (they also used a materia to see the aura in the first place). If you fail to Snag the Jumpluff, you'll have another chance later in this data; if you fail then, the Jumpluff will go to the Miror B. Peon Challenge in Trainers' City where Michael can Snag it himself. Same goes for most of the other Shadow Pokémon in this data; the exceptions are listed.

Once Cecelia and Harvey are defeated, they'll take their leave after hearing the amateur Turks have fled ONBS. Head back into the now-deserted ONBS and make your way back downstairs. There are only 2 Trainers, both of them higher-level Turks. Here's who you'll find in this sweep of ONBS:

Turk Midlevel Andrew(M): L46 Sableye, L46 Misdreavus, L46 Gengar
Turk Midlevel Melana(F): L46 Altaria, L46 Dragonair, L46 Kingdra
The music when facing a Turk Midlevel that's not part of a knockout challenge is the same as the music played in the third round of a knockout challenge.

Once Melana falls, Andrew and Melana will say that their leader has landed on the ONBS roof. Make your way back there and you'll find the leader of this band of Turks, Reno. Here is Reno's team:

Turk Teammate Reno(M): L49 Relicanth, L50 Mawile, L50 Sableye, L49 Vibrava, L51 Marowak, L45 Quagsire
When facing Reno, Rude, or Elena, the music that plays is the traditional boss theme.

Yep, Reno packs a shadow Quagsire. You're able to snag it later if you can't do it now.

Once Reno has fallen, there will be a cutscene at the Cipher Key Lair of one light going off. The camera will pan down, and it shows a laser cell with Michael inside! Back in the cave, Reno will chew you out (with E10+ ESRB material) for causing his remote device to break. Reno will reboard his helicopter and fly off, but not before leaving behind KRANE MEMO 32, which explains about Cait Sith's mysterious level 2 limit break, Slots.

Outskirt Stand

This mission is almost identical to the Colosseum version.

There isn't much here that's not unusual except you can battle Rider Willie again. Surprisingly, once you beat Willie, there will be a cutscene at the Cipher Key Lair of one light going off. The camera will pan down, and it shows a laser cell with Michael inside! Willie will then comment about something breaking that he didn't know was there (he won't chew you out or leave, though). Looks like someone planted one of those remote devices onto Willie if you broke one when you faced him. Just for the record, here's Willie's team:

Rider Willie(M) (Option 1): L53 Linoone, L53 Girafarig, L53 Dodrio
Rider Willie(M) (Option 2): L53 Linoone, L53 Girafarig, L53 Dodrio, L21 Ivysaur/Charmeleon/Wartortle
If you didn't do the impostor mission in XD, you get option 1. If you did do the impostor mission in XD, you get option 2, with the evolved form of the Pokémon Willie took from the impostors.

Just for the record, Yuffie (if Tifa's following you) or Tifa (if Yuffie's following you) is here and will tell you whether Willie is packing 3 or 4 Pokémon; this tells you what option you have. Whoever appears also determines which item you'll get; if it's Yuffie, you'll get KRANE MEMO 33, which explains about Yuffie's level 4 limit break All Creation and how the name of the break doesn't match the name of the limit break manual, Irreconcilable; if it's Tifa, you'll get KRANE MEMO 34, which explains about Tifa's level 4 limit break Final Heaven.

Agate Village

This mission is almost identical to the Colosseum version. Biggest difference is one Shadow Pokémon is changed.

You can battle anyone in the main part of the village Michael battled before. Aside from that, there's trouble in the cave that leads to the Relic Stone. Outside the cave, talk to Vincent for a TM32 and access to the cave. You'll find two amateur and one midlevel Turk inside the tunnel, and another midlevel Turk at the shrine itself. Here's the teams:

Turk Amateur Vanessa(F): L41 Tangela, L41 Tangela
Turk Amateur Jeremy(M): L41 Snorunt, L41 Glalie
Turk Midlevel Melissa(F): L42 Dugtrio, L42 Nidoking, L42 Nidoqueen

Turk Midlevel Tyrone(M): L43 Kingdra, L43 Vibrava, L43 Wigglytuff

Tyrone lies at the shrine and is packing a shadow Wigglytuff. Snag it and get on with it.

Once you beat Tyrone, there will be a cutscene at the Cipher Key Lair of one light going off. The camera will pan down, and it shows a laser cell with Michael inside! If you fought Rider Willie before Tyrone, Tyrone will comment that it was he who planted a remote device on Willie and that you've broken both of them! If you haven't yet fought Willie, he'll just plainly chew you out, commenting on how you broke his remote device (using E10+ ESRB dialogue at that).

However, one of the Miror B. Peons from Trainers' City wants a rematch and awaits in the tunnel back to Agate. Here is the team:

Miror B. Peon Rikku(F): L66 Exeggutor, L66 Zapdos, L66 Moltres, L66 Articuno, L66 Alakazam, L66 Aggron

Once Rikku is defeated, she'll give you KRANE MEMO 35 before leaving, which details Vincent's level 4 limit break, Chaos.

Mt. Battle

This mission is almost identical to the Colosseum version.

Sorry to say, Mt. Battle has fallen victim to another band of Turks. If you talked to Eagun in Agate and have already cleared out Reno, you'll find out that this band of Turks is led by a teammate of Reno's, but he can't remember if it's Rude or Elena. Outside Mt. Battle lies the normal trainers, including one you can battle again. You'll also find Aeris/Rebecca (remember, Rebecca is the Hex Maniac that Aeris is communicating through), who will give you 15 Sitrus Berries and 15 Lum Berries. The Pokécoupon exchange is closed again. You'll have to get past 20 trainers this time to allow Mt. Battle to reopen. The first 9 are the same that were with Dakim when he attacked Vander five years ago, which means 11 new trainers are here. Here are the teams of the first 10 of them:

Turk Amateur Ernie(M): L40 Linoone, L40 Loudred, L40 Delcatty, L40 Vigoroth, L40 Wigglytuff, L40 Clefable
(You'll be healed in the rest house.)
Bodybuilder Arnie(M): L40 Machoke, L40 Heracross, L40 Poliwrath
Rider Ryan(M): L40 Manectric, L40 Raichu, L40 Electabuzz
Rider Marianne(F): L40 Glalie, L40 Piloswine, L40 Jynx
Bodybuilder Anna Louise(F): L40 Ninetales, L40 Arcanine, L40 Magmar
Team Flora Grunt(M)*: L39 Vileplume, L39 Bellossom, L39 Vileplume, L39 Jumpluff
Team Plasma Grunt(F)*: L41 Ampharos, L41 Lanturn
Turk Amateur Bette(F): L42 Blastoise, L42 Politoed
Turk Midlevel Frankie(M): L44 Sandslash, L45 Dugtrio, L43 Quagsire
Turk Midlevel Wilma(F): L44 Mantine, L45 Tropius, L43 Gligar
*--Any grunt denoted by this is from Mideel originally, trained with the Turks before joining their respective teams, and returned to the Turks when the Turks came to Orre.

Just for the record, the Clefable is a shadow Pokémon.

On platform 20 is the leader of this band of Turks, Rude. Here is Rude's team:

Turk Teammate Rude(M): L51 Kangaskhan, L52 Gengar, L51 Electabuzz, L52 Gligar, L53 Steelix, L45 Slowking

No surprise Rude packs a shadow Pokémon, this one being a Slowking. Snag it like the others.

Once you beat Rude, there will be a cutscene at the Cipher Key Lair of one light going off. The camera will pan down, and it shows a laser cell with Michael inside!

Whenever you turn 6 lights off, there will be an additional cutscene, this time at the Orre Colosseum. Two Chasers are holding Jovi in a standard-bar cell when Sephiroth radios them that a large number of the laser defenses holding Michael have fallen.

Anyway, once the cutscenes finish, Rude will chew you out (with E10+ ESRB material) for breaking his remote device and walk away, but he drops both KRANE MEMO 29 and KRANE MEMO 36. The former wasn't written by Prof. Krane, but by Elena, and it explains all about the "people the ambassador are supposed to escort to the mainland". The latter, which Prof. Krane did write, details Aeris's level 4 limit break, Great Gospel.

Once you get down, the woman at the Pokécoupon booth will give you a TM35 for saving Mt. Battle. If you leave Mt. Battle and reenter, Mt. Battle is reopened.

Snagem Hideout

The path to the remote device is changed, but aside from that, nothing's changed.

Your visit here will begin by Tifa or Yuffie, depending on whoever's following you, discussing what she knows about this place. There aren't any new trainers here, but you can face any of the trainers that were already there. When you get to Gonzap's room, you'll find some Ultra Balls on the desk. Pick them up and Tifa/Yuffie will notice a remote device strewn in with the Ultra Balls. Tifa/Yuffie will break it, there will be a cutscene at the Cipher Key Lair of one light going off. The camera will pan down, and it shows a laser cell with Michael inside! Unless Snagem Hideout was the first place you visited, Cloud will then know that what Tifa/Yuffie just destroyed is one of those remote devices that Reath, Ferma, and the Turks were talking about! Tifa/Yuffie will also find either KRANE MEMO 33 or KRANE MEMO 34, the one you can't get at the Outskirt Stand, inside the now-broken remote device.

Citadark Island

This place is new to XD: Gale of Darkness. This place got the old Realgam Tower mission from Colosseum.

The Turks have forced Team Cipher off the island! Eldes is the one to greet you at Gateon Port, and he begs for your help! He mentioned a group of Turks with a female leader forced his team off of Citadark Island. He'll also explain that the Turks know how to create their own Shadow Pokémon, and that the only Shadow Pokémon made by Team Cipher since the incident involving Miror B. and the second Mewtwo is the Jumpluff belonging to the Team Snagem member known as Harvey, made before the Turks seized the Cipher Key Lair. At this point, Barret will appear and hand you a Master Ball and mention this band of Turks as being a shadow Pokémon hotbed. Once Barret leaves, go back to the map and you'll see a cutscene of Cloud and Tifa/Yuffie talking to Cid about flying to Citadark Island. Cid agrees, and will park the airship where Robo Kyogre should be. You can board the airship to fly to Citadark Island.

Here is the listing of trainers on your way to the last Turk leader:

Turk Amateur Daria(F): L48 Jynx, L43 Girafarig
Turk Amateur Bert(M): L48 Tauros, L43 Volbeat

After you beat Bert, Barret appears again, this time to warn you of a dangerous shadow Pokémon held by the female leader of this band of Turks, and gives you 50 Max Potions. More Trainers appear after that:

Turk Midlevel Erin(F): L49 Miltank, L43 Illumise
Turk Midlevel Aaron(M): L49 Hitmontop, L43 Sandslash

A Multi Battle:
Team Magma Grunt(M)*: L47 Mightyena, L47 Camerupt, L43 Shedinja and Team Aqua Grunt(F)*: L47 Mightyena, L47 Sharpedo, L43 Lanturn

*--Just for the record, the Multi Battle is an occurence of a battle where there are two Shadow Pokémon to snag in the same battle. These two are siblings from Bone Village that trained with the Turks before joining their respective teams, and returned to the Turks when the Turks came to Orre.

Turk Midlevels Paul&Paula(M/F): L48 Hitmontop, L48 Machamp, L48 Hariyama, L48 Heracross, L48 Blaziken, L43 Corsola
A Turk's Shadow Pokémon has one more chance to be snagged before it moves to the Miror B. Peon Challenge.

Miror B. Peon Ashli(F): L66 Linoone, L66 Torkoal, L48 Gengar
Miror B. Peon Harold(M): L66 Primeape, L66 Swalot, L48 Golem
Miror B. Peon Nadia(F): L66 Banette, L66 Altaria, L49 Machamp
Miror B. Peon Pablo{M}: L66 Absol, L66 Mawile, L50 Alakazam
If you miss Snagging these Shadow Pokémon, Cloud and Tifa/Yuffie has missed their only chance to snag it. You can randomly Snag it with Michael in the Miror B. Peon Challenge after the main data ends.

When you enter Greevil's chamber, Elena will greet you, and then make her threats. After that, she will challenge you. Here's her rather powerful team:

Turk Teammate Elena(F): L70 Venusaur, L70 Blaziken, L70 Swampert, L71 Ampharos, L72 Flygon, L55 Exploud

Once Elena falls, there will be a cutscene at the Cipher Key Lair of one light going off. The camera will pan down, and it shows a laser cell with Michael inside!

After the cutscenes involve end, Elena will then chew you out (with E10+ ESRB material) for breaking her remote device, and will even spout off the purposes of why they needed to remain intact: breaking all 16 would free Michael from his cell. Elena will then leave, but not before dropping KRANE MEMO 37, which details Barret's level 4 limit break, Catastrophe.

Cipher Lab

The mission that had been here in Colosseum is moved to Cipher Key Lair in XD: Gale of Darkness. The mission that's here in XD: Gale of Darkness was moved here from The Under, the only Colosseum map location not in XD: Gale of Darkness.

When you step onto the property, Nett will walk up to you and say that Megg has an item for you. If you return to ONBS and talk to Megg, you'll get either a TM43 (if Tifa's the one following you) or a Leaf Stone (if Yuffie's the one following you). Once you have the item, Marcia will mention exactly how many Turk Teammates have fallen up to this point, and Nett and Secc will prepare an update on shadow Pokémon snagged by Cloud and Tifa/Yuffie for transmission to the P*DA once Michael is freed.

All of the trouble in the lab is inside. When you walk up to the front door, Cid will walk up to Cloud and mention of possible trouble--Turk trouble. He'll also mention a weird feeling of weird auras, which could possibly indicate shadow Pokémon. Walk into the right door. You'll find four Miror B. Peons who had been Deep Dwellers five years earlier in the room behind the left door. All of them will explain (in an E10+-rated manner) how their preferred Colosseum was suddenly shut down when everyone from The Under moved to the surface, as well as battle you knockout challenge style, one after the other. Here's their teams:

Miror B. Peon Tawny(F): L55 Nosepass, L55 Sudowoodo
Miror B. Peon Violeta(F): L56 Medicham, L56 Claydol
Miror B. Peon Xavier(M): L57 Gligar, L57 Camerupt
Miror B. Peon Zakk(M): L58 Jynx, L58 Sneasel, L58 Lapras

Zakk will clue you in on the Turks in the lab--they're on the other side of the building.

The psons will give a total of 22,000 in money, and Zakk will give you a TM26 for beating all four of them. You can now enter the front door of the lab. Take the first elevator down and you'll find 4 familiar faces on this floor, waiting to battle you. Here's their updated teams:

Miror B. Peon Charlie(M): L66 Golduck, L66 Tangela, L30 Nidorino
Miror B. Peon Emili(F): L66 Manectric, L66 Glalie, L30 Nidoran♀
Miror B. Peon Jana(F): L66 Gligar, L66 Xatu, L33 Vigoroth
Miror B. Peon Larry(M): L66 Pinsir, L66 Sudowoodo, L33 Ninjask
If you miss Snagging these Shadow Pokémon, Cloud and Tifa/Yuffie has missed their only chance to snag it. You can randomly Snag it with Michael in the Miror B. Peon Challenge after the main data ends.

Once you get by Larry, you'll then face a pair of twin Deep Dwellers together in one of the research rooms. Here's their team:

Deep Dwellers Guy&Ginni(M/F): L65 Venusaur, L65 Meganium, L65 Sceptile, L65 Charizard, L65 Typhlosion, L65 Blaziken

Once the twin Deep Dwellers fall, head for the floor that has the stairs that led to Ein five years earlier. On the way to the stairs, there are two Turk Amateurs and two Turk Midlevels in the room, who will fight you two people (one Amateur, one Midlevel) at a time. Here's each team for each pair:

Turk Amateur Paris(F): L67 Blastoise
Turk Midlevel Ian(M): L68 Feraligatr, L68 Swampert

Turk Amateur Jean-Pierre(M): L67 Ampharos
Turk Midlevel Nicole(F): L68 Raichu, L68 Manectric

Once both pairs have fallen, head into where Wes fought Ein five years earlier and you'll get ambushed by Miror B.'s top male Peons! They'll fight with 3 Pokémon each and fight together, similar to their female counterparts Reath and Ferma. Here's the teams they'll use in the Multi Battle:

Miror B. Peon Folly: L58 Primeape, L56 Exploud, L57 Slowbro
Miror B. Peon Trudly: L58 Machamp, L56 Dusclops, L57 Pidgeot

If you win, there will be a cutscene inside the Cipher Key Lair of one light going off. The camera will pan down, and it shows a laser cell with Michael inside!

Once 9 lights go out, there will be an additional cutscene, this time in Trainers' City. All of the trainers whom you failed to snag Shadow Pokémon from will watch as two Chasers drag Jovi's cell into the Trainers' Colosseum. One of the Chasers gets a radio transmission from Sephiroth saying that all of the level 1 laser defenses have fallen, and it's time to go to level 2.

Trudly will then chew Folly out for causing their remote device to break and leave the scene. They'll leave behind KRANE MEMO 38, which details Cid's level 4 limit break, Highwind.


When 9 of the 16 lights have gone out, the second part of the mission begins. First, head back to ONBS and talk to Nett. Nett will tell you that a few rare Pokémon that Cipher didn't find originally aboard S.S. Libra have resurfaced. Nett tells you that four of the six Pokémon that resurfaced were Eevee, right before Secc runs in and reports some terrible news from Gateon Port--four evolution objects tied to Eevee evolution have been stolen! Talk to Zak at Gateon Port and he'll tell you that the four stones/shards you didn't take were stolen by Turks! He'll first give you KRANE MEMO 28, which details Team Cipher members working with the Turks as insiders and reporting findings to the higher-ups. The insiders are none other than the Hexagon Brothers! At this point, Zak will mark down 6 locations that he suspects the Hexagon Brothers may be on your map. The locations are Gateon Port, HQ Lab, Rock Poké Spot, Oasis Poké Spot, Cave Poké Spot, and S.S. Libra. All of them except Gateon Port had previously been on lockdown, you can now access them. The only locations that remain locked down now are Cipher Key Lair, Orre Colosseum, and Trainers' City. All of the freshly-opened locations have new missions not available in the Colosseum version of the mission, and any Shadow Pokémon in any of these locations goes to the Miror B. Peon Challenge if Cloud and Tifa/Yuffie fail to Snag it.

Gateon Port

One of the locations Zak marks down as a suspected Hexagon Brother location is Gateon Port. You're at Gateon Port when it's marked, and it turn out Zak's suspicion was right. There is some good news and some bad news. The good news: The Robo Kyogre has finally been repaired and is ready to sail. The bad news: Turks have come trying to hijack it! Even worse news: These same Turks are using Pokémon stolen from Battle Bingo! Here are the teams you'll face:

Turk Amateur Unorojo(M): L40 Poliwag, L40 Squirtle, L40 Remoraid, L40 Mudkip, L40 Totodile
Turk Amateur Tweerood(F): L40 Charmander, L40 Torchic, L40 Cyndaquil, L40 Dragonair
Turk Amateur Trerosso(M): L40 Bulbasaur, L40 Treecko, L40 Roselia, L40 Chikorita

Once you've beaten all four of them, Robo Kyogre sets sail without a pilot! Either something went haywire during repairs, or someone sabotaged it. Anyway, Resix will appear once again! He's got an even tougher team and one of the six shadow Pokémon that had resurfaced from the Libra! What he has depends on whether you took the Fire Stone from Zak.

Cipher Peon Resix(M): L66 Magcargo, L66 Camerupt, L67 Ninetales, L67 Torkoal, L68 Arcanine, L43 Flareon/L43 Cacturne
If you took the Fire Stone from Zak, Resix's new shadow will be Cacturne. Otherwise, it will be Flareon.

Once Resix is defeated, there will be a cutscene inside the Cipher Key Lair of one light going off. The camera will pan down, and it shows a laser cell with Michael inside!

Resix will then chew you out (with E10+-rated dialogue) about how you caused his remote device to break, then leave. Marcia will then run onto the scene with the results of the Robo Kyogre sabotage, telling you that Robo Kyogre wrecked off the shores of Citadark Island and that there was a hostage aboard.

HQ Lab

This place appears deserted, considering that Sephiroth had everyone here kidnapped along with Michael. Lily, Jovi, Prof. Krane, Buster, Joshua, even Dr. Kaminko is gone. Even Spy Naps isn't here. However, the place isn't deserted, since four Turks have moved in! You'll have to completely scour the HQ Lab to find them. These Turks have also stolen Pokémon from Battle Bingo. Here's who you'll face:

Turk Amateur Eengroen(M): L40 Nidorino, L40 Seviper, L40 Grimer, L40 Gulpin, L40 Ekans
Turk Amateur Dueverde(F): L40 Sunkern, L40 Roselia, L40 Treecko, L40 Tangela
Turk Amateur Tresverde(M): L40 Phanpy, L40 Onix, L40 Sandshrew, L40 Golem

Once you've beaten all three, you'll hear an alarm from the direction of the Purify Chamber! Head there and you'll find Greesix! He's got an even tougher team and one of the six shadow Pokémon that had resurfaced from the Libra! Unlike the other brothers, though, his new shadow Pokémon will not vary.

Cipher Peon Greesix(M): L66 Cacturne, L66 Bellossom, L67 Breloom, L67 Tangela, L68 Vileplume, L43 Weezing

Once Greesix is defeated, there will be a cutscene inside the Cipher Key Lair of one light going off. The camera will pan down, and it shows a laser cell with Michael inside!

Greesix will then chew you out (with E10+-rated dialogue) about how you caused his remote device to break, then leave.

Rock Poké Spot

The mission here is simple. Clear one Turk, then the brother, and make sure to break the remote device. What the latter trainer has as a shadow Pokémon depends on whether you took the Water Stone from Zak. The Here's the teams:

Turk Amateur Unoblu(M): L40 Lotad, L40 Seedot, L40 Cacnea, L40 Cubone, L40 Remoraid
Cipher Peon Blusix(M): L66 Kingdra, L66 Seaking, L67 Metagross, L67 Golduck, L68 Ludicolo, L43 Vaporeon/L43 Cacturne
If you took the Water Stone from Zak, Blusix's new shadow will be Cacturne. Otherwise, it will be Vaporeon.

Once Blusix is defeated, there will be a cutscene inside the Cipher Key Lair of one light going off. The camera will pan down, and it shows a laser cell with Michael inside!

Once 12 lights go out, there will be an additional cutscene in the Cipher Key Lair. Sephiroth will make an announcement on the intercom that half of the level 2 defense system keeping Michael in his cell have failed, and that security on the other prisoners should be increased.

Blusix will then chew you out (with E10+-rated dialogue) about how you caused his remote device to break, then leave.

Oasis Poké Spot

The mission here is simple. Clear one Turk, then the brother, and make sure to break the remote device. What the latter trainer has as a shadow Pokémon depends on whether you took the Sun Shard from Zak. The Here's the teams:

Turk Amateur Dospúrpura(F): L40 Sandshrew, L40 Magnemite, L40 Phanpy, L40 Electabuzz
Cipher Peon Purpsix(M): L66 Muk, L66 Weezing, L67 Tentacruel, L67 Swalot, L68 Vileplume, L43 Espeon/L43 Cacturne
If you took the Sun Shard from Zak, Purpsix's new shadow will be Cacturne. Otherwise, it will be Espeon.

Once Purpsix is defeated, there will be a cutscene inside the Cipher Key Lair of one light going off. The camera will pan down, and it shows a laser cell with Michael inside!

Purpsix will then chew you out (with E10+-rated dialogue) about how you caused his remote device to break, then leave.

Cave Poké Spot

The mission here is simple. Clear one Turk, then the brother, and make sure to break the remote device. What the latter trainer has as a shadow Pokémon depends on whether you took the Thunderstone from Zak. The Here's the teams:

Turk Amateur Driegeel(M): L40 Farfetch'd, L40 Spearow, L40 Pidgey, L40 Doduo
Cipher Peon Yellosix(M): L66 Lanturn, L66 Manectric, L68 Magneton, L67 Plusle, L67 Minun, L43 Jolteon/L43 Cacturne
If you took the Thundestone from Zak, Yellosix's new shadow will be Cacturne. Otherwise, it will be Jolteon.

Once Yellosix is defeated, there will be a cutscene inside the Cipher Key Lair of one light going off. The camera will pan down, and it shows a laser cell with Michael inside!

Yellosix will then chew you out (with E10+-rated dialogue) about how you caused his remote device to break, then leave.

S.S. Libra

The Turks have set up their shop here as well. You'll have to make your way through all of the Libra's puzzles and fight three Turks along the way. Here are the teams you'll face:

Turk Amateur Unbrun(F): L40 Charmander, L40 Torchic, L40 Growlithe, L40 Pidgey, L40 Taillow
Turk Amateur Zweibraun(M): L40 Mankey, L40 Machop, L40 Makuhita, L40 Spearow
Turk Amateur Trebrun(F): L40 Snorunt, L40 Spheal, L40 Diglett, L40 Phanpy

When you make it up to where you first met Bonsly, you'll find Browsix! He's got an even tougher team and one of the six shadow Pokémon that had resurfaced from the Libra! What he has depends on whether you took the Moon Shard from Zak.

Cipher Peon Browsix(M): L66 Noctowl, L66 Slaking, L67 Girafarig, L67 Fearow, L68 Furret, L43 Umbreon/L43 Cacturne
If you took the Moon Shard from Zak, Browsix's new shadow will be Cacturne. Otherwise, it will be Umbreon.

Once Blusix is defeated, there will be a cutscene inside the Cipher Key Lair of one light going off. The camera will pan down, and it shows a laser cell with Michael inside!

Once 15 lights go out, there will be an additional cutscene in the Cipher Key Lair. Sephiroth will make an announcement on the intercom that the entire level 2 defense system keeping Michael in his cell has failed, and that all security should be focused on the level 3 defense system. In a panic to reach the level 3 defense system, all other cells' laser bars drop, freeing the people that had been kidnapped from the HQ Lab in the process.

Yellosix will then chew you out (with E10+-rated dialogue) about how you caused his remote device to break, then leave.


When 15 of the 16 lights have gone out, it's time for the final phase of "Operation Rescue Michael". First, return to Pyrite and talk to Nett for KRANE MEMO 39. This one details Sephiroth's weapon, the Masamune, and how he used it to kill Aeris. Next, return to the HQ Lab to find that everyone's managed to return safely (all except for Jovi, who wasn't confined at Cipher Key Lair; Chobin, you'll find out what happened to him later; and Spy Naps, who's still AWOL). Once that's all said and done, the Cipher Key Lair is now off lockdown, leaving only Orre Colosseum and Trainers' City on lockdown.

Cipher Key Lair

Once 15 lights have gone off, you can once again go here. When you walk toward the front gate, Sephiroth runs past Cloud and Tifa/Yuffie at blazing speed, not even looking back. It looks like Sephiroth's left the building. However, there are many Turks inside the building, in every room inside. You have to defeat every single one of them in order to find the last remote device. Here's a listing of the teams, all of them Turks and a few others you've faced before:

Turk Amateur Theo(M): L60 Magneton, L60 Magneton, L60 Electrode
Turk Amateur Nathan(M): L60 Gardevoir, L60 Alakazam, L60 Slowking
Turk Amateur Lindsey(F): L59 Hitmonlee, L59 Hitmonchan, L59 Hitmontop, L59 Blaziken
Turk Amateur Amanda(F): L61 Magmar, L61 Arcanine
Turk Amateurs Marv&Megan(M/F): L62 Jynx, L62 Walrein
Turk Amateur Zack(M): L61 Walrein, L61 Jynx
Turk Amateur Penny(F): L61 Raichu, L61 Electabuzz
Turk Amateur Vito(M): L60 Volbeat, L60 Illumise, L60 Heracross
Turk Amateur Ursula(F): L61 Houndoom, L61 Ninetales
Turk Amateur Benny(M): L60 Plusle, L60 Minun, L60 Manectric
Team Snagem Harvey(M): L60 Crobat, L60 Mightyena, L35 Jumpluff/L60 Tropius
Turk Amateur Vanessa(F): L61 Tangela, L61 Ludicolo
Turk Amateur Jeremy(M): L61 Walrein, L61 Glalie
Turk Amateur Ernie(M): L57 Linoone, L57 Exploud, L57 Delcatty, L57 Slaking, L57 Wigglytuff, L40 Clefable/L57 Clefable
Turk Amateur Bette(F): L61 Blastoise, L61 Politoed
Turk Amateur Daria(F): L61 Jynx, L43 Girafarig/L61 Togetic
Turk Amateur Bert(M): L61 Tauros, L43 Volbeat/L61 Dustox
Team Magma Grunt(M): L59 Mightyena, L59 Camerupt, L59 Houndoom, L43 Shedinja/L59 Ninetales
Team Aqua Grunt(F): L59 Mightyena, L59 Sharpedo, L59 Magcargo, L43 Lanturn/L59 Starmie
Turk Midlevel Andrew(M): L62 Sableye, L62 Misdreavus, L62 Gengar
Turk Midlevel Melana(F): L62 Altaria, L62 Dragonite, L62 Kingdra
Turk Midlevel Melissa(F): L62 Dugtrio, L62 Nidoking, L62 Nidoqueen
Turk Midlevel Tyrone(M): L62 Kingdra, L62 Vibrava, L43 Wigglytuff/L62 Exploud
Turk Midlevel Frankie(M): L62 Sandslash, L63 Dugtrio, L61 Quagsire
Turk Midlevel Wilma(F): L62 Mantine, L63 Tropius, L61 Gligar
Turk Midlevel Erin(F): L63 Miltank, L43 Illumise/L63 Beautifly
Turk Midlevel Aaron(M): L63 Hitmontop, L43 Sandslash/L63 Hitmonlee
Turk Midlevels Paul&Paula(M/F): L59 Hitmontop, L59 Machamp, L59 Hariyama, L59 Heracross, L59 Blaziken, L43 Corsola/L59 Hitmonchan

The red Pokémon are their Shadow Pokémon if you didn't get it the first time around, while the green Pokémon are their replacements if you did snag the Shadow Pokémon the first time around.

Once all of the above trainers have been defeated, go to where you faced Gorigan in the main game. There, along with the laser cell with Michael inside, you'll find none other than the AWOL person from the HQ Lab, Spy Naps! Here is his team this time around:

Spy Naps(M): L65 Murkrow, L65 Rhydon, L65 Slaking, L65 Metagross, L65 Machamp, L13 Lotad
This is the only Shadow Pokémon you must Snag in the Cipher Key Lair. All the others at the Cipher Key Lair can be caught randomly in the Miror B. Peon Challenge after the main data ends.

You can beat the Lotad, but you can't progress unless you Snag it. If you beat it, you can recover and fight Spy Naps again, and repeat until you've Snagged Lotad.

Once you've beaten Spy Naps and snagged the Lotad (if you missed a Shadow Pokémon, that Pokémon will become part of the Miror B. Peon Challenge after the main data ends and can keep fighting until Michael Snags it), you'll see another cutscene. The last light goes out and the laser bars around Michael drop. But, just as Michael is about to walk out, one of the lights comes back on and the lasers rise again!

Spy Naps will chew you out for breaking his remote device, but before he can finish, he gets a call from Elena saying that she's repaired her remote device and restored some of the level 1 defense system. Spy Naps runs off. Walk back outside to see a cutscene of all the characters that helped Cloud and Tifa/Yuffie discussing on how they managed to help drive the Turks out of the Cipher Key Lair, and how it's finally time to return to Trainers' City to finish the job. Everyone except Cloud and Tifa/Yuffie (whoever's following you) will board Cid's airship. Walk back onto the map and you can finally return to Trainers' City via Cid's airship, as it has finally escaped lockdown. (Only Orre Colosseum remains on lockdown.) Fly to Trainers' City the same way you flew to Citadark Isle, from the dock at Gateon Port.

Return to Trainers' City

At this point, Trainers' City looks like a ghost town. Every building except the Pokémon Center, Trainers' Hotel, and Trainers' Colosseum is shuttered up. The Pokémon Center works like usual, except there are some people from the outside currently inside. More of the people that are usually outside are inside the Trainers' Hotel, including a few in the changing room.

The Trainers' Colosseum, however, is no refuge--there's Cipher Peons that won't want to battle walking through the lobby! The cage with Jovi is inside is next to the reception counter! However, when you try to talk to her, two Turks grab the cage and walk off! One of the Turks mentions that "the original venue turned out to be the right one". Anyway, enter the knockout challenge that will pit you against Reno, Rude, and Elena once again. Here are the updated teams:

Spy Naps(M): L74 Murkrow, L74 Rhydon, L74 Slaking, L74 Metagross, L74 Machamp, L74 Ludicolo
Turk Teammate Reno(M): L74 Relicanth, L75 Mawile, L75 Sableye, L74 Flygon, L76 Marowak, L45 Quagsire/L76 Mantine
Turk Teammate Rude(M): L74 Kangaskhan, L75 Gengar, L74 Electabuzz, L75 Gligar, L76 Steelix, L45 Slowking/L76 Tentacruel
Turk Teammate Elena(F): L75 Venusaur, L75 Blaziken, L75 Swampert, L76 Ampharos, L77 Flygon, L55 Exploud/L77 Dragonite
If you don't Snag every Shadow Pokémon here, the Pokémon you missed will go to the Miror B. Peon Challenge, where Michael can Snag it.

After you beat Elena again, there will be a cutscene at the Shadow Pokémon Lab of the last light of Michael's laser cell going off, the laser bars drop, and Michael walks out of the cell. When you leave the Colosseum, you'll get 140,000 in money and a TM20.

There's a long cutscene of Cloud talking to Tifa/Yuffie on just how good a job they did in helping to oust the Turks from Orre. At the end of the cutscene, Michael rides onto the scene aboard Robo Kyogre, which had crashed into the Citadark coast when it set sail without a pilot, and talks about Sephiroth and his overlevelled Deoxys. It's now time to take him down once and for all. Head for the Pokémon Center, and have Cloud withdraw 3 of the Pokémon inside box 14 snagged (or deposited by Yuffie (if Tifa's the one following you) or Tifa (if Yuffie's the one following you)) during this data, and have Tifa/Yuffie do the same. Since Michael comments on how his scooter isn't built for 3, Cid offers Michael a ride on the airship, and how there's plenty of room on it.

The airship will land on platform 100 at Mt. Battle. There, Sephiroth and his overlevelled Deoxys lie in wait. Michael offers Sephiroth the challenge: he and his 6 Pokémon, Cloud and his 6 Pokémon, and Tifa/Yuffie and her 6 Pokémon, all against Sephiroth and his overlevelled Deoxys, two-on-two battle. Cloud mentions that, although this arrangement is slightly illegal, it will even up the playing field against an overlevelled Deoxys which is even more illegal. Tifa/Yuffie will go first. If all 6 of her Pokémon faint, Cloud tags in and resumes the fight. If all 6 of his Pokémon faint, Michael tags in to finish the fight. If all 6 of his Pokémon faint, they'll white out and return to the Trainers' City Pokémon Center. Just for the record, here is Sephiroth's one Pokémon again:

Midgar Darkness Sephiroth(M): L176 Deoxys (clearly overlevelled; no, this is NOT a typo)
The music that plays during this battle is the music that plays during the final boss battle in Final Fantasy VII. The victory music that plays is the same as that of a typical Final Fantasy victory.

Note that a good strategy involves a Follow Me/Shadow Half or Follow Me/Super Fang combo. Deoxys, being L176, will be highly susceptible to Shadow Half or Super Fang.

If you do manage to faint Deoxys, be it with Tifa/Yuffie, Cloud, or Michael, Sephiroth will gasp in horror: his unbeatable overlevelled Deoxys was beaten in an 18-against-1 gangup!

At this point, everyone's celebrating--except it suddenly stops when they realize that they still haven't rescued Jovi! At this point, Cloud and Tifa/Yuffie run back down the mountain. In the lobby, Cloud and Tifa/Yuffie will tell Michael that their Pokémon and items, except for their KRANE MEMOs and the MIDGARPEDIA, are in the PC, and that Michael should use them as he pleases. They'll also give Michael all but 20,000 of the money in their inventory (the 20,000 they kept will be converted back to 200,000 Gil for use back home) as well as the KRANE MEMOs and the MIDGARPEDIA. Tifa/Yuffie will then leave with Cid, but Cloud decides to stay with Michael to see everything through.

If you take the MIDGARPEDIA to Trainers' City's History Center, you'll now have access to a 43-volume tale of the events of Final Fantasy VII, including profiles of every character, every location, every major enemy, every event, and even many of the minor foes.

Rescuing Jovi at the Orre Colosseum

Cloud will follow Michael for the rest of this data. First off, head back to the HQ Lab, and more specifically, Kaminko's house. Here, you'll find Chobin has returned, and Chobin will reveal himself as the hostage aboard Robo Kyogre when it crashed into Citadark Island after the sabotage, and will also tell you that he also fixed the Robo Kyogre to pick up Michael once he was able to escape from the Cipher Key Lair. Once that's said and done, head for the Orre Colosseum. You can now go there again since its lockdown has ended. When you get into the Colosseeum, Nett will send you an e-mail that details a knockout challenge that's offering Jovi as a prize! Enter the knockout challenge with Chobin as the last boss. Before the challenge begins, Vincent will walk up to Cloud with a Turk newsletter that Elena dropped at Trainers' Colosseum--with the news that two amateurs were promoted to midlevel, and have teamed up with their original midlevel partners in the Deep Colosseum! Anyway, this is the team you'll face (a piece of cake compared to the overlevelled Deoxys, and all Pokémon are at Open Level):

Turk Midlevels Paris&Ian(F/M): Blastoise, Feraligatr, Swampert, Poliwrath, Ludicolo, Ampharos
Turk Midlevels Jean-Pierre&Nicole(M/F): Ampharos, Raichu, Manectric, Plusle, Minun, Electabuzz
Miror B. Peon Rikku(F): Victreebel, Raichu, Rapidash, Dewgong, Alakazam, Aggron
Chobin & Robo Groudon(M/ ): Scizor, Mr. Mime, Dragonite, Marowak, Kangaskhan, Ninjask

When you beat Paris & Ian, and again when you beat Jean-Pierre & Nicole, you'll simply get chewed out. When you beat Rikku, you'll get congratulated for winning on her home turf. Finally, when you beat Chobin, he'll give in and let Jovi go.

When you leave the Colosseum, you'll win an astonishing 155,000 in cash (310,000 with the Amulet Coin, something that Cloud and Tifa/Yuffie didn't have), but nothing else of monetary value. Jovi will then be let out of her cage and converse with Cloud. Cloud will then walk away.

The data's not officially over yet, though. Return to Trainers' City one last time and talk to Cloud, Tifa, Barret, Aeris/Rebecca (the latter is the Hex Maniac the former is communicating through), Red XIII, Vincent, Yuffie, Cid, and Cait Sith. Each one of them will give one of the following: TM39, TM08, TM34, TM50, TM42, TM40, TM04, TM03, and TM09. Also, look closely at Cloud's conversation; the last three characters will come in handy later on, as that's part of a password for another piece of DS-transmitted data. Now that the Turks are finally out of here, the Final Fantasy VII characters will fly off in Cid's airship and special credits will roll.

And that concludes this epic piece of DS-transmitted data. Any remaining Shadow Pokémon can be randomly Snagged in the Miror B. Peon Challenge.

If you forgot the three characters of the password part, simply transmit just Summon Materia: Knights of Round's password to the Tajiri server; when you communicate with XD: Gale of Darkness with the above mission complete, the three characters will appear on the screen.
 
Last edited:
Also, there are some differences in the XD: Gale of Darkness version of this piece of data. Here are the teams from the 60th battle to the end in XD: Gale of Darkness (the first 59 teams are the same):

Cipher Head Greevil(M): L65 Manectric, L65 Swellow, L65 Starmie, L65 Granbull, L65 Altaria, L65 Aerodactyl
Team Snagem Winston(M): L60 Skarmory, L60 Mankey
Chaser Cindy(F): L60 Skarmory, L60 Heracross
Team Snagem Steve(M): L60 Skarmory, L60 Makuhita
Chaser Jessica(F): L60 Skarmory, L60 Machop, L60 Hitmonlee
Team Snagem John(M): L60 Skarmory, L60 Heracross, L60 Hitmontop
Chaser Jay(F): L60 Skarmory, L60 Medicham, L60 Blaziken
Team Snagem Cameron(M): L60 Skarmory, L60 Primape, L60 Machamp, L60 Hitmonchan
Chaser Jacki(F): L60 Skarmory, L60 Heracross, L60 Heracross, L60 Hitmontop
Chaser Anna(F): L60 Skarmory, L60 Hariyama, L60 Blaziken, L60 Medicham
Snagem Head Gonzap (M): L70 Electrode, L70 Shiftry, L70 Vileplume, L70 Whiscash, L70 Skarmory, L70 Crobat
Chaser Walter(M): L65 Jynx, L65 Delibird, L65 Walrein
Chaser Meg(F): L65 Crobat, L65 Qwilfish, L65 Swalot
Chaser Jerry(M): L65 Fearow, L65 Ledian, L65 Tropius
Chaser Karen(F): L65 Venomoth, L65 Ariados, L65 Dustox
Chaser Miguel(M): L65 Rhydon, L65 Sudowoodo, L65 Relicanth
Chaser Isabel(F): L65 Gengar, L65 Misdreavus, L65 Shedinja
Chaser Timothy(M): L65 Dragonite, L65 Kingdra, L65 Altaria
Chaser Shelby(F): L65 Umbreon, L65 Sneasel, L65 Absol
Chaser Cyndy(F): L65 Magneton, L65 Skarmory, L65 Mawile
Turk Teammate Reno(M): L75 Relicanth, L75 Mawile, L75 Sableye, L75 Flygon, L75 Marowak, L75 Dewgong
Team Magma Grunt(M): L65 Charizard, L65 Typhlosion, L65 Blaziken
Team Aqua Grunt(M): L65 Blastoise, L65 Feraligatr, L65 Swampert
Team Flora Grunt(M): L65 Venusaur, L65 Meganium, L65 Sceptile
Team Plasma Grunt(F): L65 Raichu, L65 Ampharos, L65 Manectric
Team Rocket Grunt(M): L65 Arbok, L65 Crobat, L65 Swalot
Cipher Peon Tony(M): L65 Magneton, L65 Scizor, L65 Metagross
Team Snagem Nob(M): L65 Machamp, L65 Heracross, L65 Hariyama
Chaser Dalton(M): L65 Raticate, L65 Furret, L65 Linoone
Chaser Bernie(M): L65 Kangaskhan, L65 Aipom, L65 Delcatty
Turk Teammate Rude(M): L75 Kangaskhan, L75 Gengar, L75 Electabuzz, L75 Gligar, L75 Steelix, L75 Ninetales
Team Magma Grunt(M): L70 Camerupt
Team Magma Grunt(F): L70 Houndoom
Team Aqua Grunt(M): L70 Sharpedo
Team Aqua Grunt(F): L70 Mantine
Team Flora Grunt(M): L70 Cacturne
Team Flora Grunt(F): L70 Jumpluff
Team Plasma Grunt(M): L70 Manectric
Team Plasma Grunt(F): L70 Ampharos
Miror B. Peon Rikku(F): L65 Victreebel, L65 Raichu, L65 Rapidash, L65 Dewgong, L65 Alakazam, L65 Aggron
Turk Teammate Elena(F): L75 Venusaur, L75 Blaziken, L75 Swampert, L75 Ampharos, L75 Flygon, L75 Clefable

Reno, Rude, and Elena no longer have shadow Pokémon in this mission in XD: Gale of Darkness. Also, Greevil will appear outside the History Center during the appearance of his group (group 6).
 
Finally, these are the last four team missions involving hiding out in maps with shadow Pokémon. Unlike the Phenac missions, you must have snagged Miror B.'s Mewtwo (as well as the one from the Snagem Phenac mission) in order to do these. Like the XD: Gale of Darkness version of the Phenac missions, the XD: Gale of Darkness version of these missions have Shadow Pokémon that have Shadow Crush as their only shadow move. All four of these missions can be done only once.

The mission of the Yellow block of Chocobo cards from FF7 Promo Set 2 differs slightly in XD: Gale of Darkness. In the XD: Gale of Darkness version of that mission, Team Plasma still hides all over Pyrite Town, but four of them have changed locations, and five of them have different shadow Pokémon. Here's the listing for the Plasma Pyrite mission in XD: Gale of Darkness:

Team Plasma Grunt(M): Hides in Duking's office; L45 Manectric, L46 Raichu, L33 Linoone
Team Plasma Grunt(F): Hides in the jail; L45 Manectric, L46 Magneton, L33 Gastly
Team Plasma Grunt(M): Hides in plain sight in Duel Square; L45 Manectric, L46 Electrode, L33 Magikarp
Team Plasma Grunt(F): Hides in the Shop; L45 Manectric, L46 Electabuzz, L33 Tentacool
Team Plasma Grunt(M): Hides in the Pyrite Colosseum lobby; L45 Manectric, L46 Ampharos, L43 Girafarig
Team Plasma Grunt(F): Hides atop ONBS Station; L45 Manectric, L46 Lanturn, L43 Masquerain
Team Plasma Grunt(M): Hides inside a room in ONBS Station; L45 Manectric, L46 Plusle, L43 Relicanth
Team Plasma Grunt(F): Hides in ONBS Station Lobby; L45 Manectric, L46 Minun, L45 Porygon2
Team Plasma Grunt(M): Ambushes you upon exiting Pyrite Colosseum; L45 Manectric, L46 Zapdos, L70 Kyogre
Team Plasma Grunt(F): Ambushes you upon attempting to exit Pyrite; L45 Manectric, L46 Raikou, L70 Groudon

The Magma Under mission from Missed Opportunities has had a major overhaul compared to its Colosseum version. First off, the mission is moved to the HQ Lab in XD: Gale of Darkness since The Under is the only Colosseum map location not to return for XD: Gale of Darkness. Secondly, you have to have obtained both the Tasty Snack and the Spicy Snack from Trainers' City's Pokémon Lab to complete this mission. Finally, seven of the shadow Pokémon are different in XD: Gale of Darkness. Here's the listing for the Magma HQ Lab mission in XD: Gale of Darkness:

Team Magma Grunt(M): Ambushes you upon entry into map; L45 Camerupt, L46 Claydol, L33 Spinda
Team Magma Grunt(F): Hides in Michael's room; L45 Camerupt, L46 Ninetales, L33 Wingull
Team Magma Grunt(M): Hides in Jovi's room; L45 Camerupt, L46 Shedinja, L33 Pikachu
Team Magma Grunt(F): Hides in Lily's room; L45 Camerupt, L46 Torkoal, L33 Slowpoke
Team Magma Grunt(M): Hides in Prof. Krane's room; L45 Camerupt, L46 Magcargo, L33 Minun
Team Magma Grunt(F): Ambushes you upon entry into building; L45 Camerupt, L46 Vibrava, L43 Barboach
Team Magma Grunt(M): Hides in room with the Purify Chamber; L45 Camerupt, L46 Altaria, L43 Lanturn
Team Magma Grunt(F): Ambushes you upon attempting to leave the map; L45 Camerupt, L46 Houndoom, L43 Torkoal
Team Magma Grunt(M): Hides on the roof of Kaminko's house, bribe him down with Tasty Snacks; L45 Camerupt, L46 Mightyena, L43 Seadra
Team Magma Grunt(F): Hides on the roof of Kaminko's house, bribe her down with Spicy Snacks; L45 Camerupt, L46 Moltres, L70 Rayquaza

The Aqua Outskirt Stand mission from Colosseum is also slightly changed in XD: Gale of Darkness. The only changes here, though, are six shadow Pokémon. Here's the listing for the Aqua Outskirt Stand mission in XD: Gale of Darkness:

Team Aqua Grunt(M): Arrive from map once; L45 Sharpedo, L46 Blastoise, L33 Larvitar
Team Aqua Grunt(F): Arrive from map twice; L45 Sharpedo, L46 Feraligatr, L33 Golbat
Team Aqua Grunt(M): Exit shop once; L45 Sharpedo, L46 Swampert, L33 Castform
Team Aqua Grunt(F): Exit shop twice; L45 Sharpedo, L46 Golduck, L38 Kadabra
Team Aqua Grunt(M): Arrive from map three times; L45 Sharpedo, L46 Azumarill, L38 Azumarill
Team Aqua Grunt(F): Arrive from map four times; L45 Sharpedo, L46 Ludicolo, L38 Kingler
Team Aqua Grunt(M): Exit shop three times; L45 Sharpedo, L46 Dragonair, L43 Beautifly
Team Aqua Grunt(F): Exit shop four times; L45 Sharpedo, L46 Pupitar, L43 Dustox
Team Aqua Grunt(M): Arrive from map five times; L45 Sharpedo, L46 Metang, L13 Hoppip
Team Aqua Grunt(F): Exit shop five times; L45 Sharpedo, L46 Suicune, L43 Donphan

Another overhauled team mission is the Flora Shadow Lab mission from Colosseum. In XD: Gale of Darkness, this mission is moved to S.S. Libra. There are three checkpoints where a grunt will ambush you and every shadow Pokémon is different. Three grunts ambush at each checkpoint. Here's the listing for the Flora Libra mission in XD: Gale of Darkness:

Team Flora Grunt(M): First ambush, first checkpoint; L45 Cacturne, L46 Vileplume, L33 Jigglypuff
Team Flora Grunt(F): Second ambush, first checkpoint; L45 Cacturne, L46 Bellossom, L33 Clefairy
Team Flora Grunt(M): Third ambush, first checkpoint; L45 Cacturne, L46 Victreebel, L33 Girafarig
Team Flora Grunt(F): First ambush, second checkpoint; L45 Cacturne, L46 Tangela, L38 Cacnea
Team Flora Grunt(M): Second ambush, second checkpoint; L45 Cacturne, L46 Ariados, L38 Wobbuffet
Team Flora Grunt(F): Third ambush, second checkpoint; L45 Cacturne, L46 Qwilfish, L38 Aron
Team Flora Grunt(M): First ambush, third checkpoint; L45 Cacturne, L46 Shuckle, L43 Volbeat
Team Flora Grunt(F): Second ambush, third checkpoint; L45 Cacturne, L46 Masquerain, L43 Illumise
Team Flora Grunt(M): Third ambush, third checkpoint; L45 Cacturne, L46 Tropius, L50 Ditto
Team Flora Grunt(F): On the deck; L45 Cacturne, L46 Salamence, L43 Kecleon
 
Last edited:
This piece of data will require two transmissions of the passwords on Shadow Crystal, Reclaim Crystal, and all 9 odd-numbered Shadow Cubes (i.e. 01, 05, 13, etc.). First, transmit the passwords to the Tajiri server, and make sure you connect with Pokémon XD: Gale of Darkness via Wi-Fi. Trainers' City with an open History Center is a requirement for this data. (Having the Megapedia and Midgarpedia already on the shelves is not required. You can get those two and the encyclopedia set obtained in this piece of data in any order.) You'll recieve an e-mail from Harrison saying that he wants to talk to you, but he asks you not to go by the History Center, since he's currently at the Realgam Tower. Head there and compete in what appears to be the lamest knockout challenge in Orre's history. Here are the teams:

Cooltrainer Bernie(M): L5 Taillow, L5 Zigzagoon
Fun Old Man Gregory(M): L5 Pidgey, L5 Ratatta
Cooltrainer Emily(F): L5 Hoothoot, L5 Sentret
Leader Aeris(F): L5 Chansey, L5 Cleffa, L5 Igglybuff

Once you've won, you'll recieve 86 units of Orre's currency but nothing else. Harrison will walk up to you and tell you that there's an encyclopedia set that was supposed to have come to Orre but, for some reason, never arrived at the History Center. He'll ask you have the "blue blur's first game on the system you're playing", and request that you send the passwords that you sent earlier to the server that matches that game. Prepare the same passwords that you had just transmitted to the Tajiri server, but transmit them to the Naka server this time. Once transmitted, Harrison will give the quick password, which does the work of the 10 you sent earlier, and will then ask that you insert the disc of the game he mentioned. The game Harrison mentioned is Sonic Adventure 2 Battle. Once you have Sonic Adventure 2 Battle in your Gamecube, Harrison's face will move from the TV screen to the top screen of the DS, and he'll ask that you clear 60 objectives in Sonic Adventure 2 Battle, much like Sonic Adventure DX: Director's Cut's mission mode. 60 numbers will appear on the bottom screen. Touch one to go to the matching objective. (The objective data is streamed from the DS to the Gamecube to highlight the data needed. Once an objective is completed, the progress is saved onto the Trainers' City file on the Memory Card.)

Anyway, you have to clear all 60 of Harrison's objectives to obtain the matching encyclopedia set. Only the first five are available when you start. When you clear an objective, the first grayed-out objective will become available, and the clear status of the objective you just completed is saved to the Trainers' City file. You can re-access a completed objective, but you can't unlock additional objectives or prizes for completing the objective a subsequent time. Here's a list of things you'll need to do in Sonic Adventure 2 Battle:

Objective 1:
Description: "You've been mistaken for 'the faker'! Make it to the goal ring!"
Stage: Radical Highway 1P
Character: Sonic
Time Limit: None
Goal: Simply put, the mission is to clear Radical Highway Mission 5 as Sonic. Once you do that, you've cleared the objective.
Special Notes: None.

Objective 2:
Description: "Survive for one minute against the GUN Troops!"
Stage: Cosmic Wall 2P
Character: Metal Sonic
Time Limit: 1 minute
Goal: There are 10 GUN Troops gunning for Metal Sonic. You can survive by collecting rings and ducking their fire, but a real easy way to win this one is to simply invoke Black Shield and keep it activated. If Metal Sonic is still alive after one minute, the objective is cleared. Alternately, you can win by destroying all the GUN Troops.
Special Notes: Black Shield replaces the Spin Dash. Metal Sonic has no upgrades.

Objective 3:
Description: "Protect Omochao and head for the Goal Ring!"
Stage: City Escape 1P
Character: Amy
Time Limit: None
Goal: The mission played here is Mission 1 except that the Chao containers are replaced by ordinary wooden GUN-symbol crates. Board down the first part as usual. Once at the bottom, grab Omochao before GUN Troops arrive. Omochao will become an icon next to the Rings. If Amy is hit, Omochao will scatter with the rings. If GUN Troops destroy Omochao, you lose a life. Make it to the end of the stage to complete the objective.
Special Notes: Amy has no upgrades, but can spin-dash. Additionally, Amy is too slow to outrun the GUN truck on foot, so she'll be boarding down that stretch of the stage.

Objective 4:
Description: "Chao on steroids! Make it to the limo before they do!"
Stage: Route 101 1P
Character: red face paint
Time Limit: Normal
Goal: The mission played here is Mission 1. red face paint must outrun seven Chao that have been enhanced by steroids. These Chao can move as fast as red face paint's car. You must make it to the President's limo before any of the Chao do, and without running over any of the Chao. You fail, and thus lose a life, if you either don't reach the limo in time or you run over a Chao.
Special Notes: None.

Objective 5:
Description: "Find three keys before the treasure hunter does!"
Stage: Egg Quarters 1P
Character: Chaos Zero
Time Limit: None
Goal: There are five keys hidden throughout the stage, of which you are playing Mission 1. You have to find three of them before red face paint does, or else you lose a life. red face paint starts in the Egg Snake Chamber, so you don't immediately clash. You clear the objective if you find three keys before red face paint finds three. The Chao containers here are replaced by wooden Eggman-symbol crates.
Special Notes: Chaos Zero has a digging upgrade.

Objective 6:
Description: "Find five fake Goal Rings aboard the ARK, then cross the real one!"
Stage: Lost Colony 1P
Character: Tails
Time Limit: None
Goal: There are five hidden Goal Rings in the stage. All five are fake. These five fake Goal Rings are hidden where you normally wouldn't go during a typical Mission 1 of Lost Colony, which is what you're playing. The normal checkpoints are removed, each of the fake Goal Rings is a checkpoint used in this objective. Once you've found all five fake Goal Rings, cross the real Goal Ring. If you did find all five fake Goal Rings, you clear the objective. The real Goal Ring will read "Back" if there are still fake Goal Rings out there.
Special Notes: None.

Objective 7:
Description: "Stop Metal Sonic from seizing the Goal Ring in the grind course!"
Stage: Grind Race 2P
Character: Shadow
Time Limit: None
Goal: As Shadow, it's your goal to beat Metal Sonic to the Goal Ring. Clearing the objective is as simple as that. However, Metal Sonic is a bit aggressive, so prepare to retry a few times.
Special Notes: Metal Sonic has no spin-dash and no upgrades.

Objective 8:
Description: "Collect all 10 Eggman balloons within the time limit!"
Stage: Sand Ocean 2P
Character: Dark Chao Walker
Time Limit: 1 Minute
Goal: 10 balloons with Eggman's face on them will appear. You have to burst them all within one minute to clear the objective, or else you lose a life. The method you use is up to you.
Special Notes: Dark Chao Walker has the Hover upgrade.

Objective 9:
Description: "Switched around! Can you clear the core with the counterparts?"
Stage: Cannon's Core 1P
Character: Eggman, Tails, Knuckles, red face paint, Shadow
Time Limit: None
Goal: Clear Mission 1 of Cannon's Core. However, you'll have to use each character's opposite-story counterpart! That means you'll be playing Tails's portion as Eggman and vice versa, red face paint's portion as Knuckles and vice versa, and Sonic's portion as Shadow. Once you reach the Goal Ring, the objective is clear.
Special Notes: red face paint has the breathing upgrade. Shadow has the bouncing upgrade.

Objective 10:
Description: "Bamboozled! Can you clear the core with the Battle characters?"
Stage: Cannon's Core 1P
Character: Chao Walker, Dark Chao Walker, Chaos Zero, Tikal, Amy
Time Limit: None
Goal: Clear Mission 1 of Cannon's Core. However, you'll have to use each character's Battle Mode contemporary! That means you'll be playing Tails's portion as Chao Walker, Eggman's portion as Dark Chao Walker, red face paint's portion as Chaos Zero, Knuckles's portion as Tikal, and Sonic's portion as Amy. Once you reach the Goal Ring, the objective is clear. The three Chao containers are replaced by three steel GUN-symbol crates.
Special Notes: Chao Walker has all of Tails's upgrades except Mystic Melody. Dark Chao Walker has all of Eggman's upgrades except Protection Armor and Mystic Melody. Chaos Zero has all of red face paint's upgrades except Mystic Melody and Treasure Scope. Tikal has all of Knuckles's upgrades except Sunglasses and Mystic Melody. Amy has all of Sonic's upgrades except Magic Hands and Mystic Melody.

Objective 11:
Description: "Main card, Knuckles vs. the canine! Side card, Chao Walker vs. Egg Golem!"
Stage: R-1/A Flying Dog Boss Stage, Egg Golem Boss Stage (Eggman Version)
Character: Knuckles, Chao Walker
Time Limit: None
Goal: As Knuckles, beat R-1/A Flying Dog the same way red face paint would. Once R-1/A Flying Dog is a scrap heap, have Chao Walker defeat the Egg Golem like Eggman did. Careful--if you lose a life, you'll have to start over from R-1/A Flying Dog! Once Egg Golem is defeated, you've cleared the objective.
Special Notes: Chao Walker has the Hover and Steel Container-destroying upgrades.

Objective 12:
Description: "Four hunters, seven Emeralds, one quest."
Stage: Mad Space 1P
Character: Knuckles, red face paint, Tikal, Chaos Zero
Time Limit: None
Goal: All 7 Chaos Emeralds have been hidden in Mad Space. Only teamwork can find all seven. You start as Knuckles. Any character can find the Emeralds, but no character can find more than 2. To rotate characters, either find an Emerald and you'll rotate to the next character in line (i.e. Knuckles to red face paint, red face paint to Tikal, Tikal to Chaos Zero, Chaos Zero to Knuckles), or bring up one of three switch options in the action window. These options are "Switch to Knuckles", "Switch to red face paint", "Switch to Tikal", and "Switch to Chaos Zero". (Each character has all of the options except the one to switch to that character. Example: Knuckles can't access "Switch to Knuckles".) You can't switch to a character if they've found two Emeralds already; in that case, if you find an Emerald and the next character in line can't go out, the rotation continues until there's an able hunter (i.e. if Tikal's already found two and it's red face paint's turn and red face paint finds an Emerald, Chaos Zero is the next to participate). Anyway, once all seven Emeralds are found, the objective is cleared. Any Emeralds found are kept if a life is lost. All three Chao containers are replaced by steel GUN-symbol containers.
Special Notes: Tikal mirrors Knuckles's upgrades. Chaos Zero mirrors red face paint's upgrades.

Objective 13:
Description: "Boarding contest! Beat the steroid-induced Chao in snowboarding!"
Stage: Downtown Race 2P
Character: Sonic
Time Limit: None
Goal: The Chao on steroids are back, and this time they're participating in a snowboard race! As Sonic, you have to beat all 7 Chao to the Goal Ring. The Chao move as fast as Sonic does on a snowboard. You lose a life if either a Chao makes it to the Goal Ring before Sonic does or if Sonic kills one of the Chao. You clear the objective if Sonic makes it to the goal ring first.
Special Notes: None.

Objective 14:
Description: "Collect all 10 Omochao disguised as Pikachu!"
Stage: Death Chamber 1P
Character: Tikal
Time Limit: None
Goal: It's up to Tikal to find 10 Omochao that have on Pikachu suits. All 10 of them are hidden, either inside a chest, underground, or inside a steel container. Tikal is playing in the mission 1 version of the battleground. Once you find all 10 of the fake Pikachu, the objective is cleared. Any Omochao found are kept if a life is lost. All three Chao containers are replaced by steel Eggman-symbol containers.
Special Notes: Tikal has the digging and steel container-opening upgrades.

Objective 15:
Description: "Three Chao lost! Find them all back-to-back!"
Stage: Radical Highway 1P, Weapons Bed 1P, Death Chamber 1P
Character: Sonic, Tails, red face paint
Time Limit: 20 Minutes
Goal: To clear this objective, you have to complete 3 Mission 3s back-to-back within the time limit. First, you have to go through Radical Highway with Sonic. Once you find that stage's Lost Chao, you'll move on to Weapons Bed with Tails. Find that stage's Lost Chao, then you'll move on to Death Chamber with red face paint. You clear the objective when you find this Lost Chao. However, if you lose a life, you'll start with the full 20 Minutes at the start of Radical Highway with Sonic.
Special Notes: red face paint has the underwater-breathing upgrade.

Objective 16:
Description: "The island's about to blow! Can Amy make it off?"
Stage: Green Forest 1P, White Jungle 1P
Character: Amy
Time Limit: 8 Minutes (Green Forest), 10 Minutes (White Jungle)
Goal: Amy will be dropped into Green Forest. It's your goal to make sure she clears the Mission 1s of both Green Forest and White Jungle. The goal ring at Green Forest is a checkpoint that will start you off with 10 minutes in White Jungle when crossed. Once both stages are cleared, the objective is also cleared. All three Chao containers in each stage are replaced by wooden GUN-symbol containers.
Special Notes: Amy has the Light Dash upgrade and can get Ancient Light in the Green Forest half of the objective. If Amy gets Ancient Light in Green Forest, she'll keep it for White Jungle.

Objective 17:
Description: "It's a metal showdown in the harbor of metal!"
Stage: Metal Harbor 1P
Character: Metal Sonic
Time Limit: 2 Minutes 15 Seconds
Goal: All you have to do to clear this objective is to clear Mission 4 of Metal Harbor as Metal Sonic. It's not that easy, though, since this mission has a 2 minute time limit. 15 seconds are added on for Metal Sonic to get a certain upgrade needed to complete the level. All three Chao containers are replaced by wooden GUN-symbol containers.
Special Notes: Black Shield replaces the Spin Dash. Metal Sonic can get the Light Dash upgrade in this level--and must do so to complete it.

Objective 18:
Description: "Bank 500 Rings in 10 minutes!"
Stage: Route 280
Character: Tails
Time Limit: 10 Minutes
Goal: The 100 Ring requirement for Mission 2 is bumped off from this objective in favor of a 10-minute time limit. During this time, you drive through Route 280 as Tails, collecting ring after ring until either you collect 500 and complete the objective or time runs out and you lose a life.
Special Notes: The 10-minute countdown clock replaces the checkpoint clock.

Objective 19:
Description: "Defend the Bonsly plush from the Chao Walker squad!"
Stage: Lost Colony 2P
Character: Knuckles
Time Limit: 3 Minutes
Goal: Knuckles is holding the Bonsly plush when the stage begins. All Knuckles has to do is protect the Bonsly plush from being destroyed by Chao Walker and Dark Chao Walker. If Knuckles can do that, the objective is cleared. Alternately, you can clear the objective by wrecking both Chao Walker and Dark Chao Walker without the Bonsly plush being destroyed.
Special Notes: The Bonsly plush can take 5 hits from a Power Laser-quality attack before it's destroyed. Both Chao Walker and Dark Chao Walker have the hover upgrade.

Objective 20:
Description: "The ultimate life form isn't afraid to hit a girl..."
Stage: Biolizard Boss Stage
Character: Amy
Time Limit: None
Goal: Simply put, you have to defeat the Biolizard using Amy to complete this objective. Not exactly the easiest task in the world, since her speed isn't up to par with Shadow. However, Amy does start the fight with a Shield power-up so that she can survive at least one hit.
Special Notes: Amy doesn't have any upgrades, but can spin-dash.

Objective 21:
Description: "Break out of prison!"
Stage: Dry Lagoon 1P
Character: Knuckles
Time Limit: None
Goal: Knuckles will be inside the Oasis Prison's cell when the stage begins. Knuckles must make it to the Goal ring, located at the Back ring location during Missions 2 and 3, going through the Mission 5 environment, except with more GUN Troops breathing down his neck! Once Knuckles reaches the Goal ring, the objective is cleared.
Special Notes: None.

Objective 22:
Description: "It's a game of keep-away! Keep the steroids away from the steroid-hungry Chao!"
Stage: Weapons Bed 2P
Character: Sonic
Time Limit: 3 Minutes
Goal: Sonic, Shadow, Knuckles, and red face paint are being mobbed by seven steroid-hungry Chao! Sonic starts holding the steroids. You have to make sure none of the Chao touch the steroids, or else you lose a life. You also lose a life if you kill one of the Chao. If 3 minutes pass and the Chao haven't touched the steroids, you complete the objective. Just for the record, Shadow, Knuckles, and red face paint are controlled by the computer and are your allies in this quest of keeping the steroids away from the Chao.
Special Notes: None.

Objective 23:
Description: "Find the one Pikachu sign posted in the space grind park!"
Stage: Final Rush 1P
Character: Shadow
Time Limit: None
Goal: There is a sign with Pikachu's picture on it somewhere in Final Rush mission 3, except there's no Lost Chao. It's Shadow's job to find it and walk up to it. It's hidden randomly, but not in inaccessible locations. If Shadow finds it, the objective is complete.
Special Notes: None.

Objective 24:
Description: "What in the world are hula dancers doing on Prison Island?"
Stage: Prison Lane 1P
Character: Chao Walker
Time Limit: None
Goal: Another sign-finding mission, except this time, you must find Floreia and five other hula dancers hidden randomly around Prison Lane mission 3, again minus the Lost Chao, and walk up to their signs. Again, the signs are not in inaccessible locations. If the Chao Walker finds all six signs, the objective is complete. All found signs carry over between lives. All three Chao containers are replaced by wooden GUN-symbol containers.
Special Notes: Chao Walker has no upgrades.

Objective 25:
Description: "Find the ladies of the gyms, except the one from Glendale!"
Stage: Crazy Gadget 1P
Character: Metal Sonic
Time Limit: None
Goal: There are signs of the following people hidden around a Lost Chao-free Crazy Gadget Mission 3: Misty, Erika, Janine, Sabrina, Aeris (Kanto), Whitney, Jasmine, Clair, Roxanne, Flannery, Winona, Tate & Liza, Cissy, and Luana. Tate & Liza are on separate signs, they were only mentioned together to not get the wrong impression. Anyway, as Metal Sonic, you have to walk up to all of the signs EXCEPT the Aeris (Kanto) one. If you walk up to all of the signs except Aeris (Kanto), the objective is complete. If you really want to know what will happen if you walk up to the sign of Aeris (Kanto), you'll lose a life and must start the mission over from scratch. If you lose a life by any cause other than walking up to the Aeris (Kanto) sign, all found signs carry over between lives. In addition, all three Chao containers are replaced by steel GUN-symbol containers.
Special Notes: Metal Sonic has the light dash, bounce, and steel container-opening upgrades. Black Shield replaces Spin Dash.

Objective 26:
Description: "Find the gentlemen of the gyms! Vastfield optional."
Stage: Meteor Herd 1P
Character: Chaos Zero
Time Limit: None
Goal: There are signs of the following people hidden around a Lost Chao-free Meteor Herd Mission 3: Brock, Lt. Surge, Koga, Blaine, Giovanni, Falkner, Bugsy, Morty, Chuck, Pryce, Brawly, Wattson, Norman, Wallace, Jason, Juan, Danny, and Rudy. As Chaos Zero, you have to walk up to all of the signs EXCEPT the Jason one. If you walk up to all of the signs except Jason, the objective is complete. Unlike Objective 25, where walking up to Aeris (Kanto) claimed a life if you walked up to it, walking up to Jason is not harmful but still not required, and will give you a Lightning Shield power-up if you walk up to it. All found signs except Jason's carry over between lives. All three Chao containers are replaced by steel GUN-symbol containers.
Special Notes: Chaos Zero has the digging and steel container-opening upgrades.

Objective 27:
Description: "Can you survive the last 10 seconds of your life?"
Stage: Iron Gate 2P
Character: Sonic
Time Limit: 10 Seconds
Goal: GUN Troops are gunning for Sonic from the word go. Sonic doesn't start with any power-ups and has no rings. Use the Homing Attack to keep moving and destroying some of the GUN Troops. If you survive the 10 seconds, the mission is cleared. Though very unlikely, the mission can also be cleared if you destroy all of the GUN Troops.
Special Notes: None.

Objective 28:
Description: "You've been framed! Can you escape the compound in disguise?"
Stage: Security Hall 1P
Character: Tikal (disguised as Cream)
Time Limit: 1 Minute 15 Seconds
Goal: The headline is blaming Tikal for a robbery at a government compound. Problem is, it was really red face paint in a disguise pretending to be Tikal! With a Cream disguise on, Tikal must make it out of the Security Hall alive. The disguise weighs Tikal down slightly, slowing her down. Once you make it to the Goal ring, which is where the switch for the Red Block is, you've cleared the objective. This is a Lost Chao-free Mission 3 objective. All three Chao containers are replaced by wooden GUN-symbol crates.
Special Notes: Tikal has the digging upgrade. Additionally, at the 00:37:30 point, Tikal will unleash a complaint about how heavy the costume is.

Objective 29:
Description: "It's a demolition derby! Take out all 15 cars in a limited time!"
Stage: Beginner Kart Course
Character: Tails
Time Limit: 3 Minutes
Goal: You're driving Tails's Story Mode vehicle on the Kart Mode track. There are 15 vehicles typically seen on Route 101 or Route 280 on the track. As Tails, you must take out all 15 within 3 minutes to clear the objective.
Special Notes: None.

Objective 30:
Description: "Find the picture of Michael hidden underwater!"
Stage: Aquatic Mine 1P
Character: red face paint
Time Limit: None
Goal: red face paint must embark to find a picture of Michael, the main character of Pokémon XD: Gale of Darkness, hidden randomly underwater. Don't worry about air, red face paint already has an Air Necklace at the ready. Once you find Michael, the objective is cleared. This is a Lost Chao-free Mission 3 objective.
Special Notes: red face paint has the digging and underwater-breathing upgrades.

Objective 31:
Description: "Beat the Chao on steroids to two Master Emerald shards!"
Stage: Death Chamber 1P
Character: Tikal
Time Limit: None
Goal: Again, you're facing seven Chao that have been sucking up steroids. They'll move as fast as Tikal and can dig at that same speed. There are five Master Emerald shards in this mission, but Tikal only needs to find two to clear the objective. If the steroid-induced Chao find four Master Emerald shards before Tikal finds two, you lose a life. You also lose a life if one of the steroid-induced Chao loses a life to your blow. The good news is that the steroid-induced Chao cannot dive, so if there's a shard underwater, only Tikal can grab it. This is a Mission 1 objective. All three Chao containers are replaced by steel Eggman-symbol crates.
Special Notes: Tikal has the digging, underwater breathing, and steel container-opening upgrades.

Objective 32:
Description: "Find all seven Frontier Brains in the area of ARK before ARK crashes!"
Stage: Lost Colony 1P, Eternal Engine 1P, Cosmic Wall 1P, Mad Space 1P, Meteor Herd 1P, Crazy Gadget 1P, Final Chase 1P
Character: Tails, Dark Chao Walker, Chao Walker, Knuckles, Chaos Zero, Amy, Sonic
Time Limit: 27 Minutes 45 Seconds
Goal: There are seven signs with a Frontier Brain's picture all over ARK. You must find them in order. Each sign appears randomly in its respective stage (which is a Lost Chao-free Mission 3) and must be found by that respective character. Here's the lineup:
  • Anabel, Battle Tower, Lost Colony, Tails
  • Tucker, Battle Dome, Eternal Engine, Dark Chao Walker
  • Noland, Battle Factory, Cosmic Wall, Chao Walker
  • Lucy, Battle Pike, Mad Space, Knuckles
  • Spenser, Battle Palace, Meteor Herd, Chaos Zero
  • Greta, Battle Arena, Crazy Gadget, Amy
  • Brandon, Battle Pyramid, Final Chase, Sonic
You have as much time as Gerald Robotnik said Earth had left during his threat in the Final Story, rounded to the closer value, to find all seven signs. Each sign is a checkpoint. If a character loses a life after finding a Frontier Brain, the next life will begin with the same character with the same time that the one that went before had remaining. Once you find Brandon's sign, you clear the objective. All three Chao containers in each stage except Lost Colony, Mad Space, and Final Chase are replaced by three steel GUN-symbol crates. If time runs out, you lose a life and will start again from Lost Colony as Tails with 27:45:00 remaining on the clock.
Special Notes: Dark Chao Walker and Chao Walker both have the steel container-breaking and hover upgrades. Chaos Zero has the digging and steel container-breaking upgrades. Amy has the bounce, steel-container breaking, and light dashing upgrades.

Objective 33:
Description: "Fake Goal Rings all over the canyon! Can you find them all?"
Stage: Wild Canyon 1P
Character: red face paint
Time Limit: None
Goal: Where a time limit would be shown is a number. That's the number of fake Goal Rings that remain in Wild Canyon, of which you're going through a Lost Chao-free Mission 3. There are 128 fake Goal Rings in all, and you have to cross every single one to complete the objective. No fewer than 20 but no more than 32 of the fake Goal Rings are in hidden chambers that require digging into the chamber or warping through a Mystic Melody portal to reach. Any fake Goal Rings found carry over between lives.
Special Notes: None.

Objective 34:
Description: "The government has trapped you inside the prison! Breach level 4 and find the famed Teleporter!"
Stage: Iron Gate 1P
Character: Tails
Time Limit: None
Goal: You must make your way through Iron Gate Mission 5 until you breach level 4. Somewhere between the first level 4 security door and the first level 5 security door is a sign with Abra's picture on it. Walk up to it to clear the objective. If you manage to pass it and breach level 5, when you reach the Goal Ring, it will read Back and return you to the start.
Special Notes: None.

Objective 35:
Description: "Escort Pikachu to the Death Chamber!"
Stage: Pyramid Cave 1P
Character: Shadow
Time Limit: None
Goal: Pikachu will follow Shadow during the entire mission and will always keep up. All Shadow has to do is make it through Pyramid Cave Mission 1 to clear the objective.
Special Notes: Shadow can grab the Bounce Bracelet upgrade in this level--and must do so in order to complete it.

Objective 36:
Description: "Hey, Pumpkin Hill's not THAT scary..."
Stage: Sky Rail 1P
Character: Amy
Time Limit: 10 Minutes 30 Seconds
Goal: To clear the objective, Amy must make it through Sky Rail...three times. The first two times, Amy must make it to the Goal Ring in Mission 1, which will read Back and start the next lap. The third lap is done in Mission 5, and once Amy reaches the Goal Ring during this lap, the objective is clear. In addition to the normal checkpoints, time will carry over between laps should you lose a life between the start of a lap and the first checkpoint of that lap. An interesting twist to this objective is that the sky will change for each lap. On the first lap, the sky and lighting will be Sky Rail's normal sky and lighting, but will become Pumpkin Hill's sky and lighting for lap two, and Sand Ocean's sky and lighting for lap three.
Special Notes: Amy has the light dash and steel container-opening upgrades, and can also spin-dash.

Objective 37:
Description: "...or is it?"
Stage: Pumpkin Hill 1P
Character: Chaos Zero
Time Limit: 10 Minutes 30 Seconds
Goal: To clear this objective, Chaos Zero must find the Goal Ring hidden randomly somewhere on Pumpkin Hill....three times. The first two times, it will read Back and will start you on the next search. The first two times are Lost Chao-free versions of Mission 3, while the third search is Mission 5 with the Emerald shards removed, and once you clear the Goal Ring here, the objective is clear. Time will carry over between searches should you lose a life during a search. An interesting twist to this objective is that the sky will change for each lap. On the first lap, the sky and lighting will be that of Sky Rail, but will become the normal Pumpkin Hill sky and lighting for lap two, and Sand Ocean's sky and lighting for lap three. All three Chao containers are replaced by wooden GUN-symbol crates.
Special Notes: Chaos Zero has the digging upgrade.

Objective 38:
Description: "Someone most definitely took a wrong turn on their way to Vegas..."
Stage: Sand Ocean 1P
Character: Tails
Time Limit: None
Goal: You're playing Mission 2 of Sand Ocean as Tails...except all the Rings have been removed and Tails doesn't have a life bar. Tails starts with 100 Rings, and whenever Tails crosses a checkpoint, the ring supply is replenished to 100. Tails loses 20 Rings when hit. During this mission, other than losing only 20 Rings when hit, Tails's ring behavior is similar to that of Sonic, Shadow, Amy, Metal Sonic, Knuckles, red face paint, Tikal, or Chaos Zero. If Tails has no Rings when he's hit, he loses a life. Tails's goal is to reach the Goal Ring with at least 50 Rings. If Tails makes it to the Goal Ring with at least 50 Rings, the objective is completed. If Tails has less than 50 Rings when the Goal Ring is reached, Tails must return to the start of the stage...with no Rings to his name. All Ring and First-Aid power-up boxes have been replaced with other power-ups, such as shields, extra lives, and speed boosts.
Special Notes: None.

Objective 39:
Description: "Where did I take that wrong turn?"
Stage: Hidden Base 1P
Character: Dark Chao Walker
Time Limit: None
Goal: You're playing Mission 2 of Hidden Base as Dark Chao Walker...except all the Rings have been removed and Dark Chao Walker doesn't have a life bar. Dark Chao Walker starts with 100 Rings, and whenever Dark Chao Walker crosses a checkpoint, the ring supply is replenished to 100. Dark Chao Walker loses 20 Rings when hit. During this mission, other than losing only 20 Rings when hit, Dark Chao Walker's ring behavior is similar to that of Sonic, Shadow, Amy, Metal Sonic, Knuckles, red face paint, Tikal, or Chaos Zero. Dark Chao Walker's goal is to reach the Goal Ring with at least 50 Rings. If Dark Chao Walker makes it to the Goal Ring with at least 50 Rings, the objective is completed. If Dark Chao Walker has less than 50 Rings when the Goal Ring is reached, Dark Chao Walker must return to the start of the stage...with no Rings to his name. All Ring and First-Aid power-up boxes have been replaced with other power-ups, such as shields, extra lives, and speed boosts, and all Chao containers are replaced by steel Eggman-symbol crates.
Special Notes: Dark Chao Walker has all upgrades except Mystic Melody and Protection Armor.

Objective 40:
Description: "Don't let the steroid-induced Chao make it to the pyramid's Goal Ring!"
Stage: Pyramid Race 2P
Character: Knuckles
Time Limit: None
Goal: All of the shootable obstacles in the stage are removed. The steroid-induced Chao move as fast as Knuckles does, and will move in the opposite lane as Knuckles...until they reach a roadblock of indestructible crates, when they'll get into Knuckles's lane. Knuckles must make it to the Goal Ring before any of the steroid-induced Chao do. If Knuckles delivers a blow to a steroid-induced Chao, he loses a life, but nothing happens if Knuckles hits one of the spiked obstacles in the last part of the course.
Special Notes: None

Objective 41:
Description: "Frame Tails!"
Stage: Mission Street 1P
Character: Eggman (disguised as Tails and using Tails's alternate 2P machine)
Time Limit: None
Goal: You must get rid of every destructible obstacle as you make your way through Mission Street Mission 1 (with the enemies removed) in an attempt to frame Tails. Destructible obstacles include cars, barricades, destructible pieces of roadway, even destroyable crates! You must destroy everything or you'll lose a life upon crossing the Goal Ring.
Special Notes: Eggman will complain about how cramped the machine is every minute on the minute. Eggman's voice in the complaining is different than his voice in the main game.

Objective 42:
Description: "Chaos Emerald on the loose! It's on the bridge, but radar's not working!"
Stage: Mission Street 2P
Character: Knuckles
Time Limit: None
Goal: One Chaos Emerald is hidden somewhere in the stage. It's in either a power-up monitor or a balloon. You'll have to find it blind, though, because the Chaos Emerald radar isn't working. Once you find the Emerald, you'll clear the objective.
Special Notes: None

Objective 43:
Description: "Tails's experiment's gone awry! Protect Amy from Tails!"
Stage: Eternal Engine 2P
Character: Sonic (using Eggman's alternate 2P vehicle)
Time Limit: 1 Minute
Goal: Sonic has managed to steal one of Eggman's contraptions. Tails's most recent experiment in trying to give the Cyclone the ability to dig, however, has backfired, causing Tails to become insane for 5 minutes, in which time he broke into the chamber where Amy stood and started attacking. Sonic will arrive on the scene with 1 minute left to go before the insanity effect wears off, but Amy is just one hit from death! Your goal is to make sure Amy's still alive when the insanity effect wears off, while not harming Tails in the process. Sonic and Amy share a ring meter, so whatever rings Sonic has, Amy also has. In addition, Amy is controlled by a CPU, which means she can collect rings to add to your count as well as duck Tails's attacks. Once the minute is up, Tails will regain his sanity and the objective is clear.
Special Notes: Sonic has hijacked a machine that has only the Protection Armor upgrade, and he'll mention that it's a barebones model with 30 seconds left. Amy can spin-dash and has the Light Dash and bouncing upgrades.

Objective 44:
Description: "It's a brawl for the ages! Beat everyone else to the goal!"
Stage: Deck Race 2P
Character: Chao Walker
Time Limit: None
Goal: Your goal is to get the Chao Walker to the Goal Ring first. It's not as easy as it sounds, since you'll start in the left lane along with Tails, while Eggman and Dark Chao Walker start in the right lane. Anyway, if Chao Walker makes it there first, the objective is clear.
Special Notes: Chao Walker has the hovering upgrade.

Objective 45:
Description: "I WON'T let ANYONE put a fake Goal Ring on top of my Hidden Base!"
Stage: Hidden Base 2P
Character: red face paint
Time Limit: None
Goal: There are four characters on top of Hidden Base. You're playing red face paint. Also up there are Tikal, Amy, and Dark Chao Walker. Anyway, the fake Goal Ring is in the air above the pit. To clear the objective, red face paint is the one that must grab it. The best way is to get to the highest possible launch point and glide over. Amy is practically no competition, since her Homing Attack can't go that far, but you do have to beware: Dark Chao Walker can hover to the fake Goal Ring, and Tikal can glide that far! If either of them touch the fake Goal Ring first, you lose a life.
Special Notes: Dark Chao Walker is the only character in the mission with an upgrade, the hover upgrade. Additionally, this is one of only 2 descriptions that someone says the line, in this case Eggman on the opening screen on the Gamecube. Eggman's voice for this description is different from his voice in the main game.

Objective 46:
Description: "It's the Dark Story vs. themselves!"
Stage: Eggman Boss Stage 1, Shadow Boss Stage 1, red face paint Boss Stage, Eggman Boss Stage 2, Shadow Boss Stage 2
Character: Eggman, Shadow, red face paint (all with alternate 2P costumes)
Time Limit: None
Goal: In this very weird cross, you're playing each of the Hero Story battles against Dark Story characters...using the Dark Story characters! Simply put, it's Eggman vs. Eggman, Shadow vs. Shadow, red face paint vs. red face paint, Eggman vs. Eggman, and Shadow vs. Shadow, in that order. You have to clear each one in sequence to complete the objective. There are two checkpoints, one before Eggman vs. Eggman 2, and one before Shadow vs. Shadow 2. If you're not up to Eggman vs. Eggman 2, if you lose a life, you'll go all the way back to Eggman vs. Eggman 1. If you're in Eggman vs. Eggman 2 or Shadow vs. Shadow 2, you'll only have to restart the fight if you lose a life.
Special Notes: None.

Objective 47:
Description: "It's the Hero Story vs. themselves!"
Stage: Tails Boss Stage 1, Sonic Boss Stage 1, Knuckles Boss Stage, Tails Boss Stage 2, Sonic Boss Stage 2
Chracter: Tails, Sonic, Knuckles (all with alternate 2P costumes)
Time Limit: None
Goal: In this very weird cross, you're playing each of the Dark Story battles against Hero Story characters...using the Hero Story characters! Simply put, it's Tails vs. Tails, Sonic vs. Sonic, Knuckles vs. Knuckles, Tails vs. Tails, and Sonic vs. Sonic, in that order. You have to clear each one in sequence to complete the objective. There are two checkpoints, one before Tails vs. Tails 2, and one before Sonic vs. Sonic 2. If you're not up to Tails vs. Tails 2, if you lose a life, you'll go all the way back to Tails vs. Tails 1. If you're in Tails vs. Tails 2 or Sonic vs. Sonic 2, you'll only have to restart the fight if you lose a life.
Special Notes: None.

Objective 48:
Description: "Can red face paint contend with the King of Ghosts?"
Stage: King Boom Boo Boss Stage, Egg Golem Boss Stage (Sonic Version)
Character: red face paint, Shadow
Time Limit: 5 Minutes (Each Stage)
Goal: To clear this objective, you have to have red face paint beat King Boom Boo, then have Shadow take on Egg Golem and win. Sounds easy, right? Well, no. Not only are you facing the bosses, but you also have to beat the clock! Not only that, but if you lose a life against Egg Golem, you'll have to face King Boom Boo all over again!
Special Notes: Shadow has the bounce upgrade.

Objective 49:
Description: "He* must contend with steroid-induced Chao."
The asterisk is a placeholder for a picture of the Chao known as Chacron.
Stage: Diamond Chao Race Course
Character: Chacron (a special Chao)
Time Limit: None
Goal: In this mission, you must participate in a Chao Race using the legendary Chao known as Chacron. Chacron is the favorite to win Challenge Races 2 and 10. This objective is Chacron's greatest challenge, since all seven of his opponents have been using steroids to enhance themselves. Their stats are the same as Chacron's. Control Chacron like you would any other Chao. To clear the objective, Chacron must win the race. You don't have to worry about bumping off the steroid-induced Chao since Chacron can't attack his opponents. If Chacron loses, you'll start the race over, and you won't even lose any lives. If Chacron wins, the objective is cleared.
Special Notes: Upon clearing this objective, you'll also win a special Chao for your Chao Garden. That special Chao is none other than Chacron himself, and he comes with maximum stats and S-ranks in all stats but is immortal and unable to breed. When you enter a Challenge Race, you cannot enter Chacron in Challenge Races 2 and 10. Chacron is considered a neutral Chao, which means you can use him in all of the Chao Races except for Challenge Races 2 and 10.

Objective 50:
Description: "Find the phoenix hidden in the city's battleground!"
Stage: F-6t Bigfoot Boss Stage
Character: Metal Sonic
Time Limit: 20 Seconds
Goal: One of the crates in the stage holds a phoenix, one of the animals that can boost a Chao's stats. To clear the objective, simply grab it while also defending yourself from Bigfoot. If you defeat Bigfoot in the time limit, you'll lose a life, grabbing the phoenix is the only way to clear the objective.
Special Notes: Black Shield replaces Spin Dash. Metal Sonic has no upgrades.

Objective 51:
Description: "Two Hotshots? Big deal."
Stage: B-3x Hotshot Boss Stage
Character: Amy
Time Limit: None
Goal: To clear this objective, you'll have to defeat not one but TWO B-3x Hotshots as Amy with the same life. Both Hotshots will be on the field at once. Hotshot #1 will use the normal boss life meter, while Hotshot #2 will use a life meter normally reserved for Tails, Eggman, Chao Walker, and Dark Chao Walker. Once you wreck one Hotshot, that wreckage will not leave the field. Once both Hotshots are destroyed, the objective is cleared.
Special Notes: Amy has no upgrades but can spin-dash. Both B-3x Hotshots' dialogue is altered to reference battling Amy more accurately.

Objective 52:
Description: "The return of the demolition! Take out 20 cars in a limited time!"
Stage: Expert Kart Course
Character: red face paint
Time Limit: 4 Minutes
Goal: You're driving red face paint's Story Mode vehicle on the Kart Mode track. There are 20 vehicles typically seen on Route 101 or Route 280 on the track. As red face paint, you must take out all 20 within 4 minutes to clear the objective.
Special Notes: None.

Objective 53:
Description: "Oh, great, I've got to face TWO of those things?!"
Stage: Tails Boss Stage 2
Character: Tails
Time Limit: None
Goal: To clear this objective, you'll have to defeat both Chao Walker AND Dark Chao Walker as Tails with the same life. Both opponents will be on the field at once. Dark Chao Walker will use the normal boss life meter, while Chao Walker's life meter will show as a percentage in the bottom right of the screen. Once you wreck either foe, that wreckage will not leave the field. Once both Dark Chao Walker and Chao Walker are finished off, the objective is cleared.
Special Notes: Chao Walker has all the upgrades of the AI Tails from Eggman's second fight against Tails, while Dark Chao Walker has all the upgrades of the AI Eggman from Tails's second fight against Eggman.

Objective 54:
Description: "Trust me, Shadow Lugia just WON'T fit in the Security Hall..."
Stage: Security Hall 1P
Character: Knuckles
Time Limit: 2 Minutes 30 Seconds
Goal: You're playing through Mission 4 of Security Hall using Knuckles. There are Chaos Emeralds here, but you don't need to find any of them to clear this objective. All you have to do to clear the objective is to search for a large sign depicting XD001 somewhere in the stage. Once you walk up to it, the objective is cleared. Alternately, you can complete Mission 4 normally to clear the objective without having to find XD001.
Special Notes: None.

Objective 55:
Description: "It's a night race against the streak of the night and the metal blur!"
Stage: City Escape 1P
Character: Sonic
Time Limit: None
Goal: To clear this objective, a Mission 1 objective, you have to cross the Goal Ring before either Shadow or Metal Sonic does so. Not an easy task. If either Shadow or Metal Sonic cross the goal ring first, you lose a life. Additionally, you're running the race at night (with the same sky and lighting as the F-6t Bigfoot boss fight), so it may be harder to see the GUN robots you're used to seeing during the day. Anyway, you clear the objective upon crossing the Goal Ring first.
Special Notes: Metal Sonic has no upgrades, and Black Shield replaces his Spin Dash.

Objective 56:
Description: It's a day race across the bridge against blue and pink blurs!"
Stage: Radical Highway 1P
Character: Shadow
Time Limit: None
Goal: To clear this objective, a Mission 1 objective, you have to cross the Goal Ring before either Sonic or Amy does so. A bit easier than Objective 55 since Amy's not as fast. If either Sonic or Amy cross the goal ring first, you lose a life. Additionally, you're running the race during the day (with the same sky and lighting as Metal Harbor), so it may be harder to see the GUN robots you're used to seeing at night. Anyway, you clear the objective upon crossing the Goal Ring.
Special Notes: Amy can spin-dash and has the Light Dash upgrade.

Objective 57:
Description: "OK, who turned on the lights in the colony?"
Stage: Lost Colony 1P
Character: Eggman
Time Limit: None
Goal: Eggman has to simply clear Lost Colony Mission 5 to clear the objective. Problem is, Lost Colony is supposed to be dark, yet it's lit as bright as Eternal Engine should be, so it's a bit tougher to navigate.
Special Notes: None

Objective 58:
Description: "Defeat the steroid-induced Chao once and for all!"
Stage: Hidden Base 2P
Character: An E-1000 series robot
Time Limit: 7 Minutes
Goal: Eggman has placed you in control of an E-1000 series robot. Control it as if it was Gamma from Sonic Adventure DX: Director's cut. Anyway, it's the final fight against the Chao who overdosed on steroids. The first one will appear at the start, and one more will appear every time a minute goes by on the clock. Each steroid-induced Chao takes three hits to kill, you can also defeat it by forcing it off the edge. The robot you're controlling has a life meter, once it's depleted, you lose a life. The number of hits each Chao has left is below that Chao's picture, all seven Chao have their pictures at the top right of the screen. If you clear all the Chao on the screen but there's still Chao yet to enter, the stage will be empty so that you can gather rings before the next Chao arrives. Once you've beaten all seven steroid-induced Chao, you clear the objective.
Special Notes: In addition to the regular unlocking conditions, this objective won't be unlocked until you've completed all of the following objectives: 4, 13, 22, 31, 40, and 49. The E-1000 series robot you're controlling has a hovering upgrade. Additionally, this is one of only 2 descriptions that someone says the line, in this case Eggman on the opening screen on the Gamecube. Eggman's voice for this description is different from his voice in the main game.

Objective 59:
Description: "Hey, who killed the colony's lights?!"
Stage: Eternal Engine 1P
Character: Tails
Time Limit: None
Goal: Tails has to simply clear Eternal Engine Mission 5 to clear the objective. Problem is, Eternal Engine is supposed to be bright, yet it's as dark as Lost Colony should be, so it's a bit tougher to navigate.
Special Notes: None

Objective 60:
Description: "Atmosphere entry in three minutes!"
Stage: Finalhazard Boss Stage
Character: Super Sonic and Super Shadow
Time Limit: 3 Minutes
Goal: For a final objective, this sure looks familiar...Anyway, you'll begin the batte with 2 minutes already having elapsed (the clock begins at 02:00:00), which gives you three minutes before the Space Colony ARK clears the atmosphere. That is also your time limit for this objective (it starts at 03:00:00 in the top right when it reads 02:00:00 in the top left). You must beat Finalhazard before the clock hits zero or you lose a life, regardless of how many rings the character you're using has remaining.
Special Notes: You must clear all 59 of the other objectives to unlock this one.


Anyway, once you clear all 60 objectives, you'll be prompted to switch discs again. When Harrison prompts you to insert "the source disc", insert your Pokémon XD: Gale of Darkness disc. Once that's done, Harrison's face will move from the DS to the television screen and he'll know that you've obtained the encyclopedia, called the BLURPEDIA, and will ask you to take it to the History Center. Take the 36-volume Blurpedia, which contains information about characters, enemies, and items from every Sonic game, to the History Center to complete the task and make those volumes readable.

Just for the record, if you must take a break during the task, you can transmit the quick password to the Tajiri server, retake the lame knockout challenge where the average Pokémon level is 5, and you'll talk to Harrison again. Then transmit the quick password to the Naka server to resume the task from where you left off. You can even re-access the objectives after clearing the mission in this fashion, in this case just touch an up arrow pointing to Harrison to return to Pokémon XD: Gale of Darkness.
 
Last edited:
If you transmit the passwords on all three Poké Spots and all Miror B. Trainer cards except Miror B. and Miror B. II to the Tajiri server, you'll unlock a new game for Realgam Tower in XD: Gale of Darkness.

This game is called the Custom Battle. In it, when you walk up to the reception counter, you'll be asked to transmit passwords of 6 Pokémon with a matching owner from any set that has passwords, either on the cards or discoverable through the "evil boxtopper" trick (JLM3 Aeris's Togepi's crashing the e-Reader with the card whose password you're seeking scanned into the e-Reader), to the Tajiri server. It can be any 6, just as long as the ownername and owner picture of the cards is the same and that the passwords of all 6 are different. The Custom Battle mode works by giving these Pokémon to the matching owner and you'll battle the trainer that has the Pokémon. Each Pokémon has its own preset stats and movesets, but the Pokémon can still work together to form a strong team. For example:

If you transmitted Erika's Vileplume, Erika's Ludicolo, Erika's Camerupt, Erika's Sceptile, Erika's Gardevoir, and Erika's Dragonite to the Tajiri server and stream the data into XD: Gale of Darkness, you'll then fight a team that looks like this:

Leader Erika(F): L50 Vileplume, L50 Ludicolo, L50 Camerupt, L50 Sceptile, L50 Gardevoir, L50 Dragonite

The transmission works with many ownernames, be it gym leaders, Elite Four members, other trainers, evil team leaders, Cipher/Snagem Admins from either era, Frontier Brains, Sonic series characters, Mega Man series characters, or Final Fantasy VII characters. However, there are some things to consider:

1. You won't get a legal team by mixing OI Drake cards with HE4 Drake cards. Look for the face.
2. You won't get a legal team by mixing Kanto Aeris cards with FF7 Aeris cards. Look for the face.
3. You won't get a legal team by mixing Liza cards with Tate & Liza cards. Look for the face(s).
4. You WILL get a legal team if you mix Evice cards with Cipher cards from Cipher/Snagem Threat or Cipher/Snagem Crisis. However, you won't get a legal team if you mix Evice cards with Cipher cards from this set since the Cipher cards from this set have Greevil registered as their team leader.
5. You WILL get a legal team if you mix Gonzap cards with Snagem cards from Cipher/Snagem Threat, Cipher/Snagem Crisis, or this set.
6. You WILL get a legal team if you mix Greevil cards with Cipher cards from this set. However, you won't get a legal team if you mix Greevil cards with Cipher cards from Cipher/Snagem Threat or Cipher/Snagem Crisis since the Cipher cards from those sets have Evice registered as their team leader.
7. Chao, Chocobo, non-owned Pokémon, and any fourth-generation Pokémon won't work.
8. Crystal Pokémon and Pokémon-ex will yield the normal Pokémon. Shining Pokémon and Pokémon-* will yield the alternate-color Pokémon but the same stats and movesets as the normal one.
9. JLM3 Aeris's Togepi and Togetic will not screw up the DS.

If you win this battle, you'll get a certain number of Pokécoupon points. Exactly how many depends on the Pokémon you fought in the battle, since each Pokémon has a set Pokécoupon point value ranging from 10 (Magikarp and Feebas) to 1000 (Mewtwo, Lugia, Kyogre, etc.).

Once a battle is in place, you can refight that battle as often as you want until you decide to change the battle with another transmission.
 
Last edited:
If you transmit the passwords on all 10 even-numbered Shadow Cubes (i.e 00 Retro, 04, 16, etc.) to the Tajiri server, you can download a special game to the DS. If you download the game via the passwords, other players can download the game from your DS and join in.

You remember the "Glendale Bingo" game from Missed Opportunities? You know, the lame game that only supported two players? Well, this piece of data is a much better bingo game than Glendale Bingo was. Unlike Glendale Bingo, Realgam Bingo (as this piece of data is called) has two modes of play and can support up to 50 players in the same game. Unlike all other downloadable minigames to date, which only used the Nintendo Wi-Fi Connection to download the data from the server, this minigame can actually be played on the Nintendo Wi-Fi Connection, so you can play bingo against people from around the world.

Anyway, when the game starts, you're playing on the top screen as Michael, walking around one of the Realgam Tower domes. The Control Pad moves Michael, the B button increases Michael's speed, and the A button talks to a person. There are three people to talk to. One of them will give you your quick password, which will allow you to download the game from the Tajiri server with just one password. The other two are receptionists.

The receptionist on the left is your guide to the "75-Ball Game". Once you decide to enter, you'll be asked to wait while others join the game. When you have as many players as you want in your game (up to 50 total), any player in the game can press Start to begin the game. The game will begin automatically if there are 50 players. In the 75-Ball Game, the columns go like this: B is 1-15, I is 16-30, N is 31-45, G is 46-60, and O is 61-75.

The receptionist on the right is your guide to the "150-Ball Game". Once you decide to enter, you'll be asked to wait while others join the game. When you have as many players as you want in your game (up to 50 total), any player in the game can press Start to begin the game. The game will begin automatically if there are 50 players. In the 150-Ball Game, the columns go like this: B is 1-30, I is 31-60, N is 61-90, G is 91-120, and O is 121-150.

Each player has their own card, displayed on the bottom screen, with a free space that is covered automatically. Every 15 seconds, a new ball will be called and shown on the top screen (ex. I-22 or G-49 in a 75-ball game, N-68 or O-135 in a 150-ball game). A player then touches the same number, if it's on their card, with the stylus to cover it. Once a player covers five in a row, either horizontially, vertically, or diagonally, that player is a winner of the game. If a winner of a game has a Pokémon Ruby, Sapphire, FireRed, LeafGreen, or Emerald game pak in the GBA slot on the DS, that person will get 10,000 in money on the game pak for the win. All players in a finished game can then elect to either join another game of the same category or return to the lobby. During a game, the top screen also shows a list of already-drawn balls which you can scroll through by using the Control Pad.

Here's an example card from a 150-Ball Game:

-B---I---N---G---O-
023 055 090 114 142
006 033 063 106 127
014 042 FRE 110 139
009 049 088 093 122
018 036 072 105 148

Here's an example of clearing the board horizontially:

-B---I---N---G---O-
XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX
006 033 063 106 127
014 042 FRE 110 139
009 049 088 093 122
018 036 072 105 148

In this case, the drawn numbers were B-23, I-55, N-90, G-114, and O-142, not necessarily in that order.

Here's an example of clearing the board vertically:

-B---I---N---G---O-
023 XXX 090 114 142
006 XXX 063 106 127
014 XXX FRE 110 139
009 XXX 088 093 122
018 XXX 072 105 148

In this case, the drawn numbers were I-55, I-33, I-42, I-49, and I-36, not necessarily in that order.

Finally, here's an example of clearing the board diagonally:

-B---I---N---G---O-
023 055 090 114 XXX
006 033 063 XXX 127
014 042 XXX 110 139
009 XXX 088 093 122
XXX 036 072 105 148

In this case, the drawn numbers were O-142, G-106, I-49, and B-18, not necessarily in that order, and used the free space to make the bingo.
 
Transmit the passwords on the Ardos, Eldes, Gonzap, Gorigan, Miror B., Lovrina, and Snattle Trainer cards to the Tajiri server. Make sure Miror B.'s fourth shadow Pokémon that he didn't steal from someone else (the second Mewtwo) is snagged. Once the data is streamed to XD: Gale of Darkness, watch any TV and you'll hear about a "Battle CD Scavenger Hunt" in Trainers' City. There are 16 Battle CDs to be found in this way. Here's how to find them:

CD d1: Talk to Harrison in the History Center. You'll be presented with a one-question quiz. The question is: "CLEFAIRY can learn which move?" The choices are Sky Uppercut, Meteor Mash, and Crunch. You'll get the CD if you choose Meteor Mash.

CD d2: Talk to Duplica in the Poké Snack Shop. You'll be presented with a one-question quiz. The question is: "SMEARGLE cannot use SKETCH to learn which of these moves?" The choices are Shadow Crush, Memento, and Transform. You'll get the CD if you choose Shadow Crush.

CD d3: Talk to the Ultra Trainer Challenge Exposer in the Pokémon Center. There is a one in 10 shot he'll present you with a one-question quiz rather than one of his insult lines. Once you get the one-question quiz, you're ready. The question is: "Five years ago, which of the following POKéMON reduced the number of POKéCOUPON points you could get outside the story?" The choices are Charizard, Feraligatr, and Groudon. You'll get the CD if you choose Groudon.

CD d4: Talk to Floriea in the Dance Hall. You'll be presented with a one-question quiz. The question is: "Which of these POKéMON is neither WATER- nor GRASS-type?" The choices are Tangela, Nidorino, and Golduck. You'll get the CD if you choose Nidorino.

CD d5: Talk to Trixie at the Pokémon Circus. You'll be presented with a one-question quiz. The question is: "Which of these POKéMON pairs cannot both learn HELPING HAND?" The choices are Seviper/Zangoose, Latios/Latias, and Plusle/Minun. You'll get the CD if you choose Seviper/Zangoose.

CD d6: Buy it at the TM Shop for 15,000 of Orre's currency.

CD d7: Once you have CD d2, buy it at the Poké Snack Shop for 15,000 of Orre's currency.

CD d8: Once you have CD d6, Spy Naps will appear at the TM Shop. Talk to him and you'll be presented with a one-question quiz. The question is: "Which type pairing is the only one to be immune to each other?" The choices are Electric/Ground, Psychic/Dark, and Normal/Ghost. You'll get the CD if you choose Normal/Ghost.

CD d9: Talk to Ritchie at the Trainers' Hotel. You'll be presented with a one-question quiz. The question is: "Which of the following is not a nickname I've given to one of my POKéMON?" The choices are Cruise, Hero, or Happy. You'll get the CD if you choose Hero.

CD d0: Talk to Gary at the Trainers' Hotel. You'll be presented with a one-question quiz. The question is: "What is my catchphrase?" The choices are "Get lost!", "Blast it all!", and "Smell ya later!". You'll get the CD if you choose "Smell ya later!".

CD dA: Talk to Shingo at the Pokémon Dojo. You'll be presented with a one-question quiz. The question is: "Which of the following ENIGMA ISLANDs cannot have a laptop?" The choices are Chao Paradise, Aeris's Grave, and Hotel Luana. You'll get the CD if you choose Chao Paradise.

CD dB: Talk to Prof. Birch at the Pokémon Lab. You'll be presented with a one-question quiz. The question is: "Which BERRY increases a random stat?" The choices are Ganlon, Bluk, and Starf. You'll get the CD if you choose Starf.

CD dC: Talk to Sonrisa at the Greenhouse. You'll be presented with a one-question quiz. The question is: "Which TRAINER doesn't specialize in GRASS-types?" The choices are Milane, Wallace, and Jason. You'll get the CD if you choose Wallace.

CD dD: Go to Trainers' Colosseum. Enter and win the Hoenn Challenge to get this CD.

CD dE: Once you have CD dB, Nett will send you an e-mail. The e-mail will ask you to stand between where the TM Shop stands today and where the TM Shop was five years earlier. Stand in a three-step radius of the exact center of the direct line between the TM Shop and the History Center, and you'll pick up CD dE.

CD dF: Once you have CD dE, go into the Battle Hall. Once inside, you'll recieve an e-mail from Secc. The instructions say to stand precisely where the elevator would be in the Pre Gym. Once you're in that position, you'll hear a clatter from outside. Walk outside and you'll find Cissy and Danny right outside, arguing over "the virtual disc". Talk to both of them separately and you'll get a one-question quiz from each of them. Cissy's question is "Which move allows movement on water?" The choices here are Surf, Waterfall, or Dive; the correct answer is Surf. Danny's question is "Which move allows movement of boulders?" The choices here are Rock Smash, Fly, or Strength; the correct answer is Strength. Once you got both of them right, Danny will hand you CD dF before he and Cissy walk in opposite directions, Danny toward the west exit and Cissy toward the east, until Cissy realizes that there's no longer an exit to the east, then turn toward the west, keeping her distance from Danny.

Once you have all 16 of these Battle CDs, you can use them at Realgam Tower to access new challenges. Unless noted otherwise, each Pokémon does not have an item. The rewards are given every time you clear the disc. Here's each CD's challenge:

CD d1:
Challenge Name: "The Normal Showdown"
Description: "Can a ragtag group of NORMALs take on two FIGHTINGs?"
Sim Trainer Type: Bodybuilder(M)
Sim Trainer Name: Uno
Battle Type: Double
Turns: Infinite
Your Pokémon: L50 Clefable, L50 Blissey, L50 Wigglytuff, L50 Exploud, L50 Zangoose, L50 Porygon2
Opponent Pokémon: L65 Hitmontop, L65 Breloom
Reward: TMe1

CD d2:
Challenge Name: "Flame On!"
Description: "Can these two FIRE-types take MANTINE?"
Sim Trainer Type: Surfer
Sim Trainer Name: Dos
Battle Type: Single
Turns: 2
Your Pokémon: L50 Charizard, L50 Blaziken
Opponent Pokémon: L50 Mantine
Reward: TMe2

CD d3:
Challenge Name: "Pour It!"
Description: "Can you overcome a 4x weakness?"
Sim Trainer Type: Worker
Sim Trainer Name: Tres
Battle Type: Double
Turns: Infinite
Your Pokémon: L50 Gyarados, L50 Mantine, L50 Pelipper
Opponent Pokémon: L65 Magneton
Reward: TMe3

CD d4:
Challenge Name: "Legendary Greenhouse"
Description: "It's up to CELEBI to survive!"
Sim Trainer Type: Supertrainer(F)
Sim Trainer Name: Cuatro
Battle Type: Single
Turns: 2
Your Pokémon: L100 Celebi
Opponent Pokémon: L50 Magcargo, L50 Camerupt, L50 Shedinja
Reward: TMe4

CD d5:
Challenge Name: "Outpower"
Description: "The right combination of non-ELECTRIC moves will outdo the DIGLETT army."
Sim Trainer Type: Beauty
Sim Trainer Name: Cinco
Battle Type: Double
Turns: 10
Your Pokémon: L60 Raichu, L60 Electabuzz, L60 Ampharos, L60 Lanturn, L60 Plusle, L60 Minun
Opponent Pokémon: L50 Diglett, L50 Diglett, L50 Diglett, L50 Diglett, L50 Diglett, L50 Diglett
Reward: TMe5

CD d6:
Challenge Name: "Deep Freeze"
Description: "Can four SNORUNT do what one can't?"
Sim Trainer Type: Cooltrainer(F)
Sim Trainer Name: Seis
Battle Type: Single
Turns: Infinite
Your Pokémon: L50 Snorunt, L50 Snorunt, L50 Snorunt, L50 Snorunt
Opponent Pokémon: L50 Breloom
Reward: TMe6

CD d7:
Challenge Name: "Spheres of Overcoming"
Description: "LUNATONE and SOLROCK aren't your everyday PSYCHIC-types..."
Sim Trainer Type: Casual Guy
Sim Trainer Name: Siete
Battle Type: Double
Turns: 1
Your Pokémon: L50 Medicham, L50 Medicham
Opponent Pokémon: L50 Lunatone, L50 Solrock
Reward: TMe7

CD d8:
Challenge Name: "Defense Pass"
Description: "A special BERRY holds the key."
Sim Trainer Type: Newscaster
Sim Trainer Name: Ocho
Battle Type: Single
Turns: Infinite
Your Pokémon: L50 Gulpin (hold: Magma Berry), L50 Grimer (hold: Aqua Berry)
Opponent Pokémon: L70 Steelix
Reward: TMe8

CD d9:
Challenge Name: "Seismic Fling!"
Description: "FLYING has advantage over GROUND...or does it?"
Sim Trainer Type: Curmudgeon
Sim Trainer Name: Nueve
Battle Type: Double
Turns: 3
Your Pokémon: L50 Sandshrew, L50 Diglett, L50 Wooper (hold: Drakeh Berry), L50 Swinub
Opponent Pokémon: L65 Charizard, L65 Aerodactyl
Reward: TMe9

CD d0:
Challenge Name: "Short-Circuit Time!"
Description: "Put an end to the ELECTRIC threat!"
Sim Trainer Type: [PK][MN] Trainer(F)--Electra
Sim Trainer Name: Cero
Battle Type: Double
Turns: 1
Your Pokémon: L50 Aerodactyl, L50 Gligar
Opponent Pokémon: L50 Pikachu, L50 Elekid, L50 Flaaffy, L50 Electrike
Reward: TMe0

CD dA:
Challenge Name: "Don't Waste the Psy!"
Description: "Don't waste your energy on PSYCHIC."
Sim Trainer Type: Rich Boy
Sim Trainer Name: Diez
Battle Type: Single
Turns: Infinite
Your Pokémon: L70 Alakazam
Opponent Pokémon: L50 Sneasel, L50 Sharpedo, L50 Murkrow
Reward: TMeA

CD dB:
Challenge Name: "Squirmers"
Description: "HERACROSS isn't your normal BUG..."
Sim Trainer Type: Lady
Sim Trainer Name: Once
Battle Type: Single
Turns: 3
Your Pokémon: L50 Heracross
Opponent Pokémon: L50 Xatu, L50 Sudowoodo
Reward: TMeB

CD dC:
Challenge Name: "Create-a-Tomb"
Description: "What's a RELICANTH to do against GROUND and GRASS?"
Sim Trainer Type: Matron
Sim Trainer Name: Doce
Battle Type: Double
Turns: 2
Your Pokémon: L94 Relicanth
Opponent Pokémon: L61 Piloswine, L61 Camerupt, L61 Jumpluff, L61 Tropius
Reward: TMeC

CD dD:
Challenge Name: "No Licking!"
Description: "Don't bother LICKing the ZANGOOSE..."
Sim Trainer Type: Chaser(F)--Yellow Shirt
Sim Trainer Name: Trece
Battle Type: Single
Turns: Infinite
Your Pokémon: L60 Gengar
Opponent Pokémon: L50 Zangoose, L50 Zangoose
Reward: TMeD

CD dE:
Challenge Name: "The Heat Dragons Club"
Description: "Turn up the ICE before they turn up the FIRE."
Sim Trainer Type: Hunter(M)
Sim Trainer Name: Catorce
Battle Type: Single
Turns: 3
Your Pokémon: L55 Dragonite
Opponent Pokémon: L50 Salamence, L50 Altaria, L50 Flygon
Reward: TMeE

CD dF:
Challenge Name: "Evice vs. Greevil"
Description: "How are you going to handle your illegal swap?"
Sim Trainer Type: Cipher Boss
Sim Trainer Name: Greevil
Battle Type: Double
Turns: Infinite
Your Pokémon: L65 Slaking, L65 Slowking, L65 Scizor, L65 Machamp, L65 Salamence, L65 Tyranitar, L65 Aggron
Opponent Pokémon: L65 Manectric, L65 Swellow, L65 Starmie, L65 Granbull, L65 Altaria, L65 Aerodactyl
Reward: TMeF
Here is where you can experience what many evil minds do in competitive battles: illegal swaps. The turn after Slaking goes down, you'll skip a turn to illegally swap Slaking for Aggron in your lineup. However, if this swap is invoked, you'll get no reward and the disc won't be counted as cleared even if you win.

When you clear all 16 of these Battle CDs, you'll then be allowed to buy the special TMs at a special shop in the Realgam Tower, near the Colosseum. This shop will sell all the TMs that could be bought in Pallet Town or Littleroot Town provided you have already gotten that TM at least once.
 
Last edited:
This piece of data will detail several minigames downloadable directly to the DS. All you have to do is transmit the password on just one card to the Tajiri server.

Transmit the passwords on the Ardos II, Eldes II, Gonzap II, Gorigan II, Miror B. II, Lovrina II, and Snattle II Trainer cards to the Tajiri server.

Transmitting Ardos II will transmit the game "Ardos Memory" to the DS. This game is played on the bottom screen, with Ardos showing his face (in 3D), dialogue, and a clock on the top screen. 24 cards will be dealt in a 4x6 grid on the bottom screen. Touch a card to turn it over. When you turn over two cards, if they match, those two cards vanish from the board; if they don't match, both cards are turned facedown. Once you find all 12 pairs, you win. The pairs are: Alakazam, Charizard, Gengar, Electabuzz, Kingdra, Sceptile, Shadow Aura, Verich (Greevil's public identity), Ardos, Eldes, Michael, and Master Ball. Once you've found all 12 pairs, Ardos will congratulate you on finding all 12 pairs. If you have a Pokémon Ruby, Sapphire, or Emerald game pak in the GBA slot on the DS, if you clear the game in 2 minutes or less, you'll be rewarded with an ARDOS STATUE for your Secret Base.

Transmitting Eldes II will transmit the game "Shadowball" to the DS. This game is basically a sprite-based 3D vertical Pong clone played on both screens. (It's sprite-based since the game needs to look the exact same on both screens.) You're playing as Michael on the bottom screen, facing Eldes on the top screen. The game is played using a slider on the bottom screen that you use the stylus to move. (The slider is polygon-based, the only such object in the game.) Move the slider, you move Michael's paddle from left to right. Anyway, the goal is to bounce a Gengar's Shadow Ball attack back and forth, trying to get it past the other player. When the ball goes past a player, that player's opponent scores a point. First to 10 points wins. If you have a Pokémon Ruby, Sapphire, or Emerald game pak in the GBA slot on the DS, if you win by 4 points or more (that is, you hold Eldes to no more than 6 goals), you'll be rewarded with an ELDES STATUE for your Secret Base.

Transmitting Gonzap II will transmit the game "Shoplifter" to the DS. This game is basically a 3D shoplifting simulation played on the top screen. The goal is to grab as much as you can and leave the store within 10 minutes, without paying for what you got. You're playing as a generic Team Snagem member. The Control Pad moves your character through the store. The A button will allow you to grab any item in front of you and put it into your stash. The B button will allow you to dump a whole row of items into your stash, but not all of the items will make it, as some will land on the floor. The X button picks up items off of the floor. The L button will allow you to duck toward lower shelves, while the R button will allow you to rise toward higher shelves. The bottom screen will show the size of your stash in grams. Anyway, if you're still in the store within 10 minutes, the guards will catch you and you lose. If you get out of the store before the 10 minutes is up, you win. If you have a Pokémon Ruby, Sapphire, or Emerald game pak in the GBA slot on the DS, Gonzap will then count your loot and deduct the value of any item left on the floor. If you managed to shoplift enough merchandise so that it's worth at least 1,000,000 in Orre's currency without being deducted below that amount, you'll be rewarded with a GONZAP STATUE for your Secret Base.

Transmitting Gorigan II will transmit the game "Pyramid Maze" to the DS. The game is simple. Make your way through a pyramid, grabbing treasure along the way, until you get out before time is up. The game is played on both screens, the time limit is 30 minutes. The top screen has the movement as shown from a top-down view, while you play the puzzles on the bottom screen. In the movement portion of the game, the Control Pad moves your character across the 3D-rendered field, the A button will activate a puzzle if one's in front of you, the B button will lift a treasure you walk across, and the X button will light one of your flares, which will brighten your surroundings for a limited time. Careful--you only have a limited supply of flares; you start the quest with three flares and can win more by completing puzzles. The bottom screen will display time left, flares remaining, and treasure chests picked up in the movement portion. In the puzzle portion, there are one of three puzzles to do. The first puzzle is called Lock-Flop. Here, you use the stylus to flip the position of the locks until the right combination is entered. You'll get one flare for clearing this puzzle. The second puzzle is called Key Match. Here, you'll have to find the right key for the center lock to clear the puzzle. Drag a key to the lock using the stylus. There are two other locks, unlock these to recieve two bonus flares apiece. Once this puzzle is clear, you'll get one flare. The last puzzle is called Magic Word. You'll be given a word written in a mix of Braille and Unown. You have to figure out what it is by writing the word with the stylus. Write it right and you'll clear the puzzle and get one bonus flare. During a puzzle, the top screen will show time left, flares remaining, and treasure chests picked up. If you don't make it to the exit before time runs out, the door will close, trap you inside, and you lose. If you have a Pokémon Ruby, Sapphire, or Emerald game pak in the GBA slot on the DS, Gorigan will then count your treasure value and add 50,000 per remaining flare. If you managed to amass a score of at least 1,500,000 in Orre's currency without being deducted below that amount, you'll be rewarded with a GORIGAN STATUE for your Secret Base.

Transmitting Miror B. II will transmit the game "Miror B.'s Dance Craze" to the DS. This game is played on the bottom screen with 3D graphics, although not with the stylus. You'll be watching the screen for button icons that read A, B, X, or Y, then pressing the matching buttons as they appear. Miror B. will dance to your button presses; one wrong move and Miror B. will misstep. Three missteps and you lose. You're playing the game to Miror B.'s Colosseum theme. Once the song is over, if you haven't misstepped three times, you win. If you have a Pokémon Ruby, Sapphire, or Emerald game pak in the GBA slot on the DS, if you make 1 misstep or fewer, you'll be rewarded with a MIROR B. STATUE for your Secret Base.

Transmitting Lovrina II will transmit the game "Lovrina Says" to the DS. This game is played on the top screen with 3D graphics. Lovrina will stand in front of a platform with one long bar at the top and four boxes below it. The goal is to replicate the button patterns displayed in the boxes--as long as the bar reads "Lovrina Says". The buttons that can be displayed are A, B, X, Y, L, or R. If the bar reads "Lovrina Says", press them in order within 10 seconds. If the bar does not read "Lovrina Says", press nothing for 10 seconds. If you press anything when the bar does not read "Lovrina Says", or if the bar reads "Lovrina Says" and you press buttons out of pattern, you lose. Once you've successfully completed 10 patterns, you win. If you have a Pokémon Ruby, Sapphire, or Emerald game pak in the GBA slot on the DS, if you win, you'll be rewarded with a LOVRINA STATUE for your Secret Base.

Transmitting Snattle II will transmit the game "Snattle Golf" to the DS. This game is a 3D golf game played on the top screen, and you're playing as Michael. In this game, you have to sink a ball on a miniature golf hole in fewer strokes than Snattle. If you beat Snattle, you move on. If Snattle beats you, you lose. If you and Snattle tie, another hole is played until there's a victor. The controls for this game are similar to Mario Golf on the Nintendo 64. If you win, you'll be rewarded with a SNATTLE STATUE for your Secret Base.

Transmitting the passwords on both Miror B. Energy cards along with one of the above games will add some options to each game, provided you've already won the statue on the game pak you've got (or if you've got a game pak other than a Pokémon Ruby, Sapphire, or Emerald game pak in the GBA slot on the DS).

For Ardos Memory, you can choose between Easy, Medium, or Hard for the difficulty, Medium is default. Easy will only turn the first card flipped of a non-matching pair back over. Hard will shuffle the cards after a non-matching pair is flipped. For the time limits, you can choose 2 minutes, 5 minutes, 10 minutes, or infinite; infinite is default.
For Shadowball, you can choose between Easy, Medium, or Hard for the difficulty, Medium is default. This will affect Eldes's AI movements. For goal limits, you can choose 1, 3, 5, 10, 15, or 20; 10 is default.
For Shoplifter, you can choose between Easy, Medium, or Hard for the difficulty; Medium is the default. The items are worth more on Easy, and less on Hard. For time limits, you can choose 5 minutes, 10 minutes, 30 minutes, or infinite; 10 minutes is default.
For Pyramid Maze, you can choose between 1, 3, or 5 for your starting flares; 3 is the default. For time limits, you can choose 10 minutes, 30 minutes, or infinite; 30 minutes is default.
For Miror B.'s Dance Craze, you can choose between 1, 2, or 3 go-rounds of the song; 1 is default. You can also choose 1, 3, 5, or infinite missteps for a game over; 3 is default. Finally, you can choose a number of Ludicolo that Miror B. will dance aside, either 0, 2, 4, or 6; 0 is default.
For Lovrina Says, you can choose between 5, 10, 20, or infinite patterns needed to win; 10 is the default. You can choose 1, 3, or 5 strikes for a game over; 1 is default. (In a 3 or 5 strike game, you get a strike if you misdo a pattern.)
For Snattle Golf, you can choose between Easy, Medium, or Hard, Medium is default. This affects Snattle's AI movements. You can also choose between 1, 3, 5, or 7 holes, 1 is default; this will determine the number of holes a player must win to win the game.

And yes, there is a GREEVIL STATUE. First, you will have to have won all the other possible statues from the minigames. You'll then have to clear one ultra challenge with the game pak with all the other statues in the GBA slot on the DS to win Greevil's keepsake. If you already have the GREEVIL STATUE and you clear the ultra challenge again, you'll win a DIAMONDSHELL every subsequent time. The challenges are:

Ardos Memory: Win a game on Hard in 24 flips to win the statue.
Shadowball: When facing Eldes on Hard, get 10 goals ahead (i.e. 10-0, 15-5, 20-10) of Eldes at some point in the game. You must then proceed to win the game. If your highest recorded lead in the game was of 10 goals or more, you'll get the statue.
Shoplifter: Rack up a bill worth 3,000,000 in Orre's currency on Hard and Gonzap will give you the statue.
Pyramid Maze: Clear the game with 1 starting flare in 10 minutes. The statue will be part of the treasure.
Miror B.'s Dance Craze: Clear a 3-go-round game without misstepping to win the statue. The Ludicolo are cosmetic, number doesn't matter.
Lovrina Says: Play an infinite game with 1 strike and clear 50 consecutive patterns to win the statue.
Snattle Golf: Win a 7-hole game on Hard without losing a single hole to Snattle.
 
Last edited:
Back
Top